JVC InteriArt AV-2986ME, InteriArt AV-29MS26, InteriArt AV-29MX76/G Service Manual

Page 1
SERVICE MANUAL
FLAT COLOUR TELEVISION
YA44720069
AV-2986ME, AV-29MS26, AV-29MX76
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 PRECAUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
2 SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
3 DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
4 ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
5 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
BASIC CHASSIS
CW3
COPYRIGHT © 2006 Victor Company of Japan, Limited
No.YA447
2006/9
Page 2
SPECIFICATION
Items
Dimensions (W × H × D) 81.2 cm × 58.4 cm × 52.1 cm
Mass 43 kg
TV RF System B, G, I, D, K, M
Colour System PAL / SECAM / NTSC 3.58 / NTSC 4.43
Stereo System A2 (B/G) / NICAM (B/G, I, D/K) PB STEREO
Teletext System FLOF (Fastext) WST (World Standard System)
Receiving Frequency
Intermediate Frequency
Colour Sub Carrier
Power Input
Power Consumption 170W (Max) / 109W (Avg)
Picture Tube 29-inch, aspect ratio 4 : 3, flat square type, tinted
High Voltage 31.5 kV +1 kV / -1.5kV
Speaker 6.5 cm × 13 cm, oval type × 2
Audio Power Output 10 W + 10 W (Rated power output)
Aerial Input 75 unbalanced, coaxial
Video / Audio Input-1/2/3
Video / Audio Output
Headphone jack 3.5 mm stereo mini jack × 1
Remote Control Unit
Component Video
VHF Low 46.25MHz - 140.25MHz (AS0 - S6)
VHF High 147.25MHz - 423.25MHz (S7 - S36)
UHF 431.25MHz - 863.25MHz (S37 - C57)
CATV Mid (X - Z+2, S1 - S10) / Super (S11 - S20) / Hyper (S21 - S41) bands
VIF 38.0MHz (B, G, I, D, K, M)
SIF 32.26 MHz (5.74 MHz: B), 32.15MHz (5.85 MHz: G), 31.45 MHz (6.55 MHz: I)
31.75 MHz (6.5 MHz: D), 32.15MHz (5.85 MHz: K), 33.5MHz (4.5MHz : M)
PAL 4.43 MHz
SECAM 4.40625 MHz / 4.25 MHz
NTSC 3.58 MHz / 4.43 MHz
AC220 V - AC240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz
RCA pin jack × 3
[VIDEO-2]
S-Video
[VIDEO-1]
Y:1V(p-p), positive (negative sync), 75 Cb/Cr:0.7V(p-p), 75
Mini-DIN 4 pin × 1 Y: 1V(p-p), positive (negative sync provided), 75
C: 0.286V(p-p) (Burst signal), 75 Video 1V(p-p), negative sync, 75, RCA pin jack × 3 Audio 500mV(rms) (-4dBs), high impedance, RCA pin jack × 6 Video 1V(p-p), 75, RCA pin jack × 1 Audio 500mV(rms)(-4dBs), Low impedance, RCA pin jack × 2
RM-C1285 (UM-3/AA/R6 dry cell battery × 2) RM-C1286 (UM-3/AA/R6 dry cell battery × 2) RM-C1285 (UM-3/AA/R6 dry cell battery × 2)
AV-2986ME AV-29MS26 AV-29MX76/G
AC110 V - AC240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Contents
Design and specifications subject to change without notice.
1-2 (No.YA447)
Page 3
SECTION 1
PRECAUTION
1.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
(1) The design of this product contains special hardware,
many circuits and components specially for safety purposes. For continued protection, no changes should be made to the original design unless authorized in writing by the manufacturer. Replacement parts must be identical to those used in the original circuits. Service should be performed by qualified personnel only.
(2) Alterations of the design or circuitry of the products should
not be made. Any design alterations or additions will void the manufacturer's warranty and will further relieve the manufacturer of responsibility for personal injury or property damage resulting therefrom.
(3) Many electrical and mechanical parts in the products have
special safety-related characteristics. These characteristics are often not evident from visual inspection nor can the protection afforded by them necessarily be obtained by using replacement components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which have these special safety characteristics are identified in the parts list of Service manual. Electrical components
having such features are identified by shading on the schematics and by ( ) on the parts list in Service manual. The use of a substitute replacement which does
not have the same safety characteristics as the recommended replacement part shown in the parts list of Service manual may cause shock, fire, or other hazards.
(4) Don't short between the LIVE side ground and
ISOLATED (NEUTRAL) side ground or EARTH side ground when repairing.
Some model's power circuit is partly different in the GND. The difference of the GND is shown by the LIVE : ( ) side GND, the ISOLATED (NEUTRAL) : ( ) side GND and EARTH : ( ) side GND. Don't short between the LIVE side GND and ISOLATED (NEUTRAL) side GND or EARTH side GND and never measure the LIVE side GND and ISOLATED (NEUTRAL) side GND or EARTH side GND at the same time with a measuring apparatus (oscilloscope etc.). If above note will not be kept, a fuse or any parts will be broken.
(5) If any repair has been made to the chassis, it is
recommended that the B1 setting should be checked or adjusted (See B1 VOLTAGE).
(6) The high voltage applied to the picture tube must conform
with that specified in Service manual. Excessive high voltage can cause an increase in X-Ray emission, arcing and possible component damage, therefore operation under excessive high voltage conditions should be kept to a minimum, or should be prevented. If severe arcing occurs, remove the AC power immediately and determine the cause by visual inspection (incorrect installation, cracked or melted high voltage harness, poor soldering, etc.). To maintain the proper minimum level of soft X-Ray emission, components in the high voltage circuitry including the picture tube must be the exact replacements or alternatives approved by the manufacturer of the complete product.
(7) Do not check high voltage by drawing an arc. Use a high
voltage meter or a high voltage probe with a VTVM. Discharge the picture tube before attempting meter connection, by connecting a clip lead to the ground frame
and connecting the other end of the lead through a 10k
2W resistor to the anode button.
(8) When service is required, observe the original lead dress.
Extra precaution should be given to assure correct lead dress in the high voltage circuit area. Where a short circuit has occurred, those components that indicate evidence of overheating should be replaced. Always use the manufacturer's replacement components.
(9) Isolation Check (Safety for Electrical Shock Hazard)
After re-assembling the product, always perform an isolation check on the exposed metal parts of the cabinet (antenna terminals, video/audio input and output terminals, Control knobs, metal cabinet, screw heads, earphone jack, control shafts, etc.) to be sure the product is safe to operate without danger of electrical shock.
a) Dielectric Strength Test
The isolation between the AC primary circuit and all metal parts exposed to the user, particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis should withstand a voltage of 3000V AC (r.m.s.) for a period of one second. (. . . . Withstand a voltage of 1100V AC (r.m.s.) to an appliance rated up to 120V, and 3000V AC (r.m.s.) to an appliance rated 200V or more, for a period of one second.) This method of test requires a test equipment not generally found in the service trade.
b) Leakage Current Check
Plug the AC line cord directly into the AC outlet (do not use a line isolation transformer during this check.). Using a "Leakage Current Tester", measure the leakage current from each exposed metal part of the cabinet, particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis, to a known good earth ground (water pipe, etc.). Any leakage current must not exceed 0.5mA AC (r.m.s.). However, in tropical area, this must not exceed 0.2mA AC (r.m.s.).
Alternate Check Method
Plug the AC line cord directly into the AC outlet (do not use a line isolation transformer during this check.). Use
an AC voltmeter having 1000 per volt or more sensitivity in the following manner. Connect a 1500 10W resistor paralleled by a 0.15µF AC-type capacitor
between an exposed metal part and a known good earth ground (water pipe, etc.). Measure the AC voltage across the resistor with the AC voltmeter. Move the resistor connection to each exposed metal part, particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis, and measure the AC voltage across the resistor. Now, reverse the plug in the AC outlet and repeat each measurement. Any voltage measured must not exceed 0.75V AC (r.m.s.). This corresponds to
0.5mA AC (r.m.s.). However, in tropical area, this must not exceed 0.3V AC (r.m.s.). This corresponds to 0.2mA AC (r.m.s.).
AC VOLTMETER (HAVING 1000 /V, OR MORE SENSITIVITY)
0.15 F AC-TYPE
PLACE THIS PROBE
1500 10W
GOOD EARTH GROUND
ON EACH EXPOSED ME TAL PAR T
(No.YA447)1-3
Page 4
SECTION 2
SPECIFIC SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
2.1 FEATURES
DVD PICTURE MODE
This function can enhance the picture quality of DVD. The screen can be made sharp or soft by this setting.
AUTO SIGNAL DETECT
When input DVD signal to VIDEO-2, detect the input signal and change the input mode to VIDEO-2 automatically.
CINEMA SURROUND
This function can enjoy an enhanced sound for wider audience.
PICTURE MODE
This function can adjust the picture settings automatically. There are BRIGHT, STANDARD and SOFT in the PICTURE MODE.
2.2 MAIN DIFFERENCE LIST
Item AV-2986ME AV-29MS26 AV-29MX76/G
OSD Language Eng, Rus, Ukr Eng, Chi, Rus, Mal, Ind Eng, Ara, Fre, Per, Rus
PIP Function YES NO YES
MAIN PWB SCW-1926A-H2 SCW-1927A-H2 SCW-1933A-H2
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT RM-C1285 RM-C1286 RM-C1285
RETURN +
This function can set a channel frequently view to the Return Channel and you can view that channel at any time with one­touch.
AI ECO SENSOR
This function can adjust TV screen contrast according to the brightness of your room.
MaxxBass
MaxxBass enhances bass sound that cannot be reproduced by normal speakers to be heard by our ears.
2.3 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
EXIT
EXIT
RM-C1286
<RM-C1285> <RM-C1286>
1-4 (No.YA447)
Page 5
2.4 TECHNINAL INFORMATION
2.4.1 MAIN MI-COM (CPU) PIN FUNCTION
Pin
Pin name I/O Function
No.
1 VssP2 - GND 65 SVM O Not used 2 VssC4 - GND 66 FbiSo I Flyback input/sandcastle output 3 V1.8C4 I 1.8V (Digital) 67 Hout O Horizontal output 4 V3.3A3 I 3.3V 68 VssComb - GND 5 VrefP_Sdac I 3.3V (Positive) 69 V5Comb I 5V 6 VrefN_Sdac - GND 70 Vin/R2/Pr I PIP R input 7 VrefP_Sdac I 3.3V (Negative) 71 Uin/B2/Pb I PIP B input 8 VrefN_Sdac - GND 72 Yin/G2/Y I PIP G input
9 VrefP_Sdac I 3.3V (Positive) 73 Ysync I Not used 10 XtalIn I 24.576MHz for system clock 74 Yout O Not used 11 XtalOut O 24.576MHz for system clock 75 Uout/INSSW2 I YUV insertion input 12 VssA1 - GND 76 NC O Not used 13 NECK I V-guard input/ I/O switch 77 INSSW3 I YUV insertion input 14 CONT I 1.8V regulator control 78 R3/Pr I Component PR input (Video-2) 15 V5P1 I +5V 79 G3/Y I Component Y input (Video-2) 16 Ph2 - Phase-2 filter 80 B3/Pb I Component PB input (Video-2) 17 Ph1 - Phase-1 filter 81 Gnd3 - GND 18 Gnd1 - GND 82 V5P3 I 5V 19 SecPll - SECAM PLL decoupling 83 BCL I Beam current limiter input 20 Dec8G - Bandgap decoupling 84 BLKIN I Black current input 21 EW O East-West drive output 85 Rout O R output 22 VDRB- O Vertical drive B output 86 Gout O G output 23 VDRA+ O Vertical drive A output 87 Bout O B output 24 Vif1 I Video IF input 1 88 V3.3A1 I 3.3V 25 Vif2 I Video IF input 2 89 RefAdN - GND 26 Vsc - Vertical sawtooth capacitor 90 V3.3RefAdP I 3.3V (Positive) 27 Iref I Reference current input 91 RefAd I 3.3/2V 28 GndIF - GND 92 GndA - GND 29 Sif1 I Sound IF input 1 93 V1.8A I 1.8V 30 Sif2 I Sound IF input 2 94 V3.3A2 I 3.3V 31 AGC O Tuner AGC output 95 VssADC - GND 32 EHT I EHT/overvoltage protection input 96 V1.8ADC I 1.8V 33 Ssif/RefIn/Avl/
RefOut
34 L3 I Audio-L3 input (left signal) 98 PW_LED I POWER LED control 35 R3 I Audio-R3 input (right signal) 99 PW_LED I POWER LED control 36 L-OUT O Audio L output 100 V1.8C2 I 1.8V 37 R-OUT O Audio R output 101 VssC2 - GND 38 DecsDem - Decoupling sound demodulator 102 TIMER - Not used 39 QssO/AmO/
AudeEm 40 Gnd2 - GND 104 VER_PROTECT O X-ray protect 41 PllIf - IF-PLL loop filter 105 S_REDUCE O Sound control 42 SifAgc - AGC sound IF 106 P00/I2SDI1 O Not used 43 IfVo/FmRo/DvbO O Not used 107 POWER O SUB POWER control 44 NC O Not used 108 SCL1 I I2C bus clock 45 V8AudioSwitches I 8V 109 SDA1 I/O I2C bus data 46 AgcSsif - AGC capacitor second sound IF 110 V3.3P I 3.3V 47 V5P2 I 5V 111 ROTATION O Rotation 48 V-OUT O Video output 112 3.58/OTHER O NTSC 3.58 detection 49 L1 I Audio-L1 input 113 A_MUTE O Audio muting 50 R1 I Audio-R1 input 114 4.5/OTHER O NTSC 4.43 detection 51 V3 I Video V3 input 115 PROT I Protect 52 C4 I Not used 116 ECO_IN I ECO sensor level detection 53 Audio2InL I Not used 117 V1.8C1 I 1.8V (Digital) 54 Audio2InR I Not used 118 DecV1V8 I 1.8V 55 V2/Y I Video V2 input 119 KEY_IN I Key scan data 56 L2 I Audio L2 input (Left signal) 120 VDO-DET I Video DET input 57 R2 I Audio R2 input (right signal) 121 VSSC1+P1 - Digital GND 58 Y3/Cvbs I S-Video Y1 input 122 S_V_DET I S-Video DET input 59 C1 I S-Video C1 input 123 P25/PWM4 O GTVA_reset 60 AudioLsL O Audio L output for audio power amplifier 124 V1.8C3 I 1.8V (Digital) 61 AudioLsR O Audio R output for audio power amplifier 125 VssC3 - GND 62 HP-L O Not used 126 P12/Int2 I External interrupt 63 HP-R O Not used 127 SDA0 I/O I2C bus data (for memory) 64 CVBSO/PIP O CVBS / PIP output 128 SCL0 I I2C bus clock (for memory)
O Automatic Volume Levelling/ sound IF input / subcar-
rier reference output / external reference signal input for I signalmixer for DVB operation
O QSS intercarrier output / AM output / deemphasis /
(front-end audio out)
Pin
Pin name I/O Function
No.
97 REMOTE I Remote control
103 TIMER - Not used
(No.YA447)1-5
Page 6
SECTION 3
DISASSEMBLY
3.1 DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
3.1.1 REMOVING THE REAR COVER
• Unplug the power cord. (1) Remove the 16 screws [A] as shown in Fig.1. (2) Withdraw the REAR COVER toward you.
CAUTION:
When reinstalling the rear cover, carefully push it inward after inserting the MAIN PWB into the REAR COVER groove.
3.1.2 REMOVING THE CHASSIS (CHASSIS BASE AND
CONTROL BASE)
• Remove the REAR COVER. (1) Slightly raise the both sides of the CHASSIS by hand and
remove the 2 claws [B] under the CHASSIS from the front cabinet as shown in Fig.1.
(2) Withdraw the CHASSIS backward.
(If necessary, take off the wire clamp, connectors etc.)
NOTE:
When conducting a check with power supplied, be sure to confirm that the CRT earth wire is connected to the CRT SOCKET PWB and the MAIN PWB.
3.1.3 REMOVING THE AV TERMINAL BOARD
• Remove the REAR COVER. (1) Remove the 4 screws [C] as shown in Fig.1. (2) When you pull out the AV TERMINAL BOARD in the
direction of arrow [D] as shown in Fig.1, it can be removed.
3.1.4 REMOVING THE CONTROL BASE
• Remove the REAR COVER.
• Remove the CHASSIS. (1) While pushing down the 2 claws [E] as shown in Fig. 2 and
pull out the CONTROL BASE in the direction of arrow [F] as shown in Fig. 2, the control base can be removed. (If necessary, take off the wire, connectors etc.)
3.1.6 REMOVING THE SPEAKER
• Remove the REAR COVER. (1) Remove the 2 screws [H] as shown in Fig.1. (2) Withdraw the SPEAKER backward. (3) Follow the same steps when removing the other hand
SPEAKER.
3.1.7 CHECKING THE MAIN PW BOARD
• To check the back side of the MAIN PWB. (1) Pull out the CHASSIS and CONTROL BASE. (Refer to the
procedure described in REMOVING THE CHASSIS)
(2) Put the CHASSIS in upright position with the MAIN PWB's
solderside faced to the right. The FBT must be positioned on top. (Viewed from the rear)
(3) Put the CONTROL PWBs in an appropriate position, taking
care not giving tension to the ribbon cables that connect to the MAIN PWB.
CAUTIONS:
• Use insulating materials, if necessary, to avoid possible
electrical contacts between PWBs and expose terminals, etc.
• Before turning on power, make sure that the CRT earth wire
and other connectors are properly connected.
• When repairing, connect the DEG. COIL to the DEG. con-
nector on the MAIN PWB.
3.1.8 WIRE CLAMPING AND CABLE TYING
(1) Be sure to clamp the wire. (2) Never remove the cable tie used for tying the wires
together. Should it be inadvertently removed, be sure to tie the wires with a new cable tie.
3.1.5 REMOVING THE CHOKE COIL
• Remove the REAR COVER. (1) Remove the 2 screws [G] as shown in Fig.1. (2) Withdraw the CHOKE COIL.
1-6 (No.YA447)
Page 7
FRONT CABINET
[FRONT SIDE]
CONTROL BASE
F
CHASSIS BASE
Fig.2
E
SPEAKER
H
CONTROL BASE
[AV-2986ME]
FRONT CONTROL PWB
G
CHOKE PWB
FRONT
CRT SOCKET PWB
Fig.2
CLAW
(under side)
B
SPEAKER
CHASSIS BASE
H
CLAW
(under side)
B
MAIN PWB
AV TERMINAL BOARD
D
C
POWER CORD
REAR COVER
A
Fig.1
(No.YA447)1-7
Page 8
3.2 MEMORY IC REPLACEMENT
• This model uses the memory IC.
Memory IC: IC702 on MAIN PWB
The memory IC memorizes data for correctly operating the video and deflection circuits. When replacing the memory IC, be sure to use the same type IC written with the initial values of data. In other words, use the specific IC listed in "PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST". For its mounting location, refer to "ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS".
3.2.1 MEMORY IC REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
1. Power off
Switch off the power and disconnect the power plug from the
SERVICE MENU
AC outlet.
2. Replace the memory IC
Be sure to use the memory IC written with the initial setting values.
3. Power on
Connect the power plug to the AC outlet and switch on the
SERVICE MENU
1. IF
3. AUDIO
5. VSM W/B
7. PLUG & PLAY (ON)
1-7 : SELECT DISPLAY : EXIT
2. V/C
4. DEF
6. S TATUS
power.
4. System constant check and setting
******* **** ***** ***** **** **** *** ***
* It must not adjust without signal. (1) Press the [DISPLAY] key and the [PICTURE MODE] key
of the REMOTE CONTROL UNIT simultaneously.
Fig.1
(2) The SERVICE MODE screen of Fig. 1 will be displayed. (3) While the SERVICE MODE is displayed, press the
[DISPLAY] key and the [PICTURE MODE] key simultaneously, and the SYSTEM CONSTANT SET screen of Fig. 2 will be displayed.
(4) Check the setting values of the SYSTEM CONSTANT
SET. If the value is different, select the setting item with the
[MENU /] key, and set the correct value with the [MENU /] key.
(5) Press the [OK] key to memorize the setting value. (6) Press the [DISPLAY] key twice, and return to the normal
screen.
SYSTEM CONSTANT-1
SYSTEM CONSTANT SET 1
SYSTEM COMB TILT SUPER BASS TEXT LANGUAGE
: SEL  : OPE
 
: MULTI :NO :NO :NO :PAT :ERU
DISP : EXIT
5. Receiving channel setting
Refer to the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS and set the receive channels (Channels Preset) as described.
6. User settings
Check the user setting items according to the given in page later. Where these do not agree, refer to the OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS and set the items as described.
7. SERVICE MODE setting
Verify what to set in the SERVICE MODE, and set whatever is
SYSTEM CONSTANT-2
SYSTEM CONSTANT SET 2
SOUND BILINGUAL BLUE BACK MUTE COLOUR AUTO ECO SENSOR INTER CARRIER
: SEL  : OPE
 
:STEREO :NO :NO :NO :ECO :NO
DISP : EXIT
necessary (Fig.1). Refer to the SERVICE ADJUSTMENT for setting.
SYSTEM CONSTANT-3
KEY ASSIGNMENT OF REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
SYSTEM CONSTANT SET 3
:YES :NOPICTURE BOOSTER :YESCOMPONENT :YESPIP :YES
:YES
DISP : EXIT
DISPLAY key
MENU key
OK key
PICTURE MODE
key
SURROUND
EXIT
MENU key
MENU key
MENU key
S INPUT MAXX BASS
: SEL  : OPE
 
Fig.2
1-8 (No.YA447)
Page 9
3.2.2 SYSTEM CONSTANT SETTING
Setting item
AV-2986ME AV-29MS26 AV-29MX76/G
Setting value
SYSTEM MULTI ←← COMB YES ←← TILT YES ←← SUPER BASS NO ←← TEXT PAT ←←
LANGUAGE E/R/U E/R/C/M/I E/R/A/P/F
SOUND STEREO PB BILINGUAL NO ←← BLUE BACK MUTE NO ←← COLOUR AUTO NO YES ECO SENSOR ECO ←← INTER CARRIER NO ←← SURROUND YES ←← PICTURE BOOSTER NO ←← COMPONENT YES ←←
PIP YES NO YES
S INPUT YES ←← MAXX BASS YES ←←
3.2.3 SETTINGS OF FACTORY SHIPMENT
3.2.3.1 BUTTON OPERATION
Setting item Setting position
POWER Off
CHANNEL PR 1
VOLUME 15
3.2.3.2 REMOTE CONTROL DIRECT OPERATION
Setting item Setting position
CHANNEL PR1
VOLUME 15
PICTURE MODE BRIGHT
DISPLAY Indicated
TV/VIDEO TV
CINEMA SURROUND OFF
3.2.3.3 REMOTE CONTROL MENU OPERATION
(1) PICTURE SETTING
Setting item Setting position
PICTURE MODE BRIGHT
CONTRAST / BRIGHT / SHARP
Centre
/ COLOUR / TINT
WHITE BALANCE COOL
VNR AUTO
(2) SOUND SETTING
Setting item Setting position
STEREO l/ll STEREO SOUND
AI VOLUME OFF
SOUND MODE MUSIC
BALANCE Centre
CINEMA SURROUND OFF
MAXX BASS OFF
(No.YA447)1-9
Page 10
(3) FEATURE SETTING
Setting item Setting position
DVD MENU
AUTO SIGNAL DETECT ON
DVD PICTURE MODE OFF
DVD THEATER STATUS OFF
DVD SOUND MODE THEATER
ON TIMER OFF
OFF TIMER OFF
CHILD LOCK OFF
COMPRESS (16:9) OFF
AI ECO SENSOR OFF
(4) INSTALL SETTING
Setting item Setting position
AUTO PROGRAM TV channel automatically set
EDIT/MANUAL PRESET CH only
COLOUR SYSTEM PAL
LANGUAGE ENGLISH
TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1 [AV-29MS26]
GROUP3 [AV-2986ME] GROUP4 [AV-29MX76/G]
VIDEO-2 SETTING COMPONENT
BLUE BACK ON
BEEP ON
3.2.4 SERVICE MODE SETTING ITEMS
Setting item Setting value
1. IF 1. VCO
2. DELAY POINT
2. V / C
1.SCREEN (READ DATA)
2.CUTOFF / CUT OFF THEATER (B/G)
3.WDR (R/G/B)
4.BRIGHT (TV/VDO 1/2/3)
5.CONT. (TV/VDO 1/2/3)
6.COLOUR (TV/VDO 1/2/3)
7.TINT (TV/VDO 1/2/3 /THEATER)
8.SHARP (TV/VDO 1/2/3)
9.Y DELAY (TV/VDO 1/2/3/S-VDO)
10.TINT DVD (TV/VDO/THEATER)
11.AMP T.SHARP (TV/VDO)
12.TWIN CONT (TV/VDO)
3. AUDIO [Do not adjust]
1. DCXO ADJ
2. NICAM lower ERRLIM
3. NICAM upper ERRLIM
4. A2 ID THR
5. MENU EQUALIZER
4. DEF 1. V-SHIFT
2. V-SLOPE
3. V-SIZE
4. H-CENT
5. H-SIZE
6. TRAPEZ
7. EW-PIN
8. COR-UP
9. COR-LO
10. ANGLE
11. BOW
12. V-S.CR
13. V-LIN
14. V-ZOOM
5. VSM PRESET 1. BRIGHT
2. CONT
3. COLOUR
4. SHARP
5. HUE
1. R DRIVE
2. G DRIVE
3. B DRIVE
6. STATUS [Dispaly only] ---
1-10 (No.YA447)
7. PLUG & PLAY(ON) [Dispaly only] ---
Page 11
3.3 REPLACEMENT OF CHIP COMPONENT
3.3.1 CAUTIONS
(1) Avoid heating for more than 3 seconds. (2) Do not rub the electrodes and the resist parts of the pattern. (3) When removing a chip part, melt the solder adequately. (4) Do not reuse a chip part after removing it.
3.3.2 SOLDERING IRON
(1) Use a high insulation soldering iron with a thin pointed end of it. (2) A 30w soldering iron is recommended for easily removing parts.
3.3.3 REPLACEMENT STEPS
1. How to remove Chip parts
2. How to install Chip parts
[Resistors, capacitors, etc.]
(1) As shown in the figure, push the part with tweezers and
alternately melt the solder at each end.
(2) Shift with the tweezers and remove the chip part.
[Transistors, diodes, variable resistors, etc.]
(1) Apply extra solder to each lead.
SOLDER
SOLDER
[Resistors, capacitors, etc.]
(1) Apply solder to the pattern as indicated in the figure.
(2) Grasp the chip part with tweezers and place it on the
solder. Then heat and melt the solder at both ends of the chip part.
[Transistors, diodes, variable resistors, etc.]
(1) Apply solder to the pattern as indicated in the figure. (2) Grasp the chip part with tweezers and place it on the
solder.
(3) First solder lead A as indicated in the figure.
(2) As shown in the figure, push the part with tweezers and
alternately melt the solder at each lead. Shift and remove the chip part.
NOTE :
After removing the part, remove remaining solder from the pattern.
A
B
C
(4) Then solder leads B and C.
A
B
C
(No.YA447)1-11
Page 12
SECTION 4
ADJUSTMENT
4.1 ADJUSTMENT PREPARATION
(1) There are 2 ways of adjusting this TV : One is with the
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT and the other is the conventional method using adjustment parts and components.
(2) The adjustment using the REMOTE CONTROL UNIT is
made on the basis of the initial setting values. The setting values which adjust the screen to the optimum condition can be different from the initial setting values.
(3) Make sure that connection is correctly made AC to AC
power source.
(4) Turn on the power of the TV and measuring instruments for
warming up for at least 30 minutes before starting adjustments.
(5) If the receive or input signal is not specified, use the most
appropriate signal for adjustment.
(6) Never touch the parts (such as variable resistors,
transformers and condensers) not shown in the adjustment items of this service adjustment.
4.2 PRESET SETTING BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
Unless otherwise specified in the adjustment items, preset the following functions with the REMOTE CONTROL UNIT.
Item Preset value
PICTURE MODE(VSM) BRIGHT
VNR OFF
AI ECO SENSOR OFF
BALANCE Centre
BASS / TREBLE / BALANCE Centre
CINEMA SURROUND OFF
4.3 MEASURING INSTRUMENT AND FIXTURES
(1) DC voltmeter (or digital voltmeter) (2) Oscilloscope (3) HV voltmeter (4) Signal generator
(Pattern generator : PAL/NTSC)
(5) Remote control unit
4.4 ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
CHECK ITEMS
• B1 VOLTAGE check
• HIGH VOLTAGE check
• IF VCO check
TUNER / IF CIRCUIT
• DELAY POINT (AGC) adjustment
FOCUS
• FOCUS adjustment
DEFLECTION CIRCUIT
• V.SLOPE adjustment
• V.POSITION adjustment
• V.SIZE adjustment
• H.POSITION adjustment
• H.SIZE adjustment
• SIDE PIN adjustment
• TRAPEZIUM adjustment
• V. LINEARITY adjustment
• CORNER adjustment
• H. PARALLEL adjustment
• H.BOW adjustment
VIDEO CIRCUIT
• WHITE BALANCE adjustment
• SUB BRIGHT adjustment
• SUB CONTRAST adjustment
• SUB COLOUR adjustment
• SUB TINT adjustment
VSM PRESET SETTING
• VSM PRESET
PURITY AND CONVERGENCE
• PURITY adjustment
• STATIC CONVERGENCE adjustment
• DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE adjustment
1-12 (No.YA447)
Page 13
4.5 ADJUSTMENT LOCATION
FRONT CONTROL PWB ASS’Y (1/2) FRONT CONTROL PWB ASS’Y (2/2)
POWER CORD
S901
PW
MAIN PWB ASS’Y
CN00W
W
CNDEG
DEG COIL
CN001
CN001
FRONT
T
1
8
IC701
SPEAKER (L)
S804
IC702
S805
S806 S802
CN002
S803S801
J804 J803 J802
ROTATION COIL
CN002
SPEAKER (R)
FRONT
J801
CN00S
R
FRONT
BASS PWB ASS'Y
CRT EARTH
(BRAIDED ASS'Y)
12
CN00C
TU001
1. 5V
2. SCL0
3. SDA0
4. SCL1
5. SDA1
6. GND
GND 5V
61
16
1
J804J801J805 J802 J803
MAIN PWB ASS’Y (CRT SOCKET)
TP-47R
TP-47G
T
8
1
E2
TP-47B
HV
U
(SOLDER SIDE)
E1
16
HVT
B1
15
GND
UPPER : FOCUS
LOWER : SCREEN
TP-E
CN00X
1. B1
2. NC
3. X-RAY2
4. X-RAY1
5. GND
TOP
DEF YOKE
CRT EARTH
(BRAIDED ASS'Y)
1
6
U
(No.YA447)1-13
Page 14
4.6 BASIC OPERATION OF SERVICE MODE
4.6.1 TOOL OF SERVICE MODE OPERATION
Operate the SERVICE MODE with the REMOTE CONTROL UNIT.
4.6.2 SERVICE MODE ITEMS
With the SERVICE MODE, various adjustments can be made, and they are broadly classified in the following items of settings.
1.IF This mode adjusts the setting values of the IF circuit.
2. V/C This mode adjusts the setting values of the VIDEO circuit.
3.AUDIO This mode adjusts the setting values of the multiplicity AUDIO circuit. [Do not adjust]
4. DEF This mode adjusts the setting values of the DEFLECTION circuit for each aspect mode given below.
5.VSM PRESET This mode adjusts the initial setting values of BRIGHT, STANDARD and SOFT. (VSM : Video Status Memory)
6.STATUS It is no requirement to adjustment. [Do not adjust]
7.PLUG & PLAY (ON) This mode adjusts the setting values of the PIP circuit. [Do not adjust]
4.6.3 BASIC OPERATION IN SERVICE MODE
4.6.3.1 HOW TO ENTER THE SERVICE MODE
(1) Press the [DISPLAY] key and the [PICTURE MODE] key
simultaneously, then enter the SERVICE MODE.
(2) When the main menu is displayed, press any key of the [7]
to [9] key to enter the corresponding sub menu mode.
SERVICE MENU
4.6.3.2 SETTING METHOD
1.IF
[1. VCO] : It must not adjust without signal
(1) [1] key
Select 1.IF.
(2) [1] key
Select 1.VCO(CW).
SERVICE MENU
1. IF
3. AUDIO
5. VSM W/B
7. PLUG & PLAY (ON)
1-7 : SELECT DISPLAY : EXIT
******* **** ***** ***** **** **** *** ***
2. V/C
4. DEF
6. S TATUS
Fig.1
SERVICE MODE SELECT KEY
2. V/C, 4. DEF
Check the arrow position between the ABOVE REF. and BELOW REF.
(3) [DISPLAY] key
Return to the SERVICE MODE main manu screen.
(1) [2], [4] key
Select one from 2. V/C, 4. DEF.
(2) [MENU /] key
Select setting items.
(3) [MENU /] key
Set the setting values of the setting items.
5.VSM W/B
DISPLAY key
MENU key
OK key
PICTURE MODE
key
EXIT
MENU key
MENU key
MENU key
(1) [5] key
Select 5.VSM W/B.
(2) [OK] key
Select setting items.
(3) [MENU /] key
Set the setting values of the setting items.
NOTE: This illustration is applicable for RM-C1286. The key assignment of this remote control unit is, however, usable for the other type of remote control units.
Fig.2
1-14 (No.YA447)
4.6.3.3 MEMORIZE THE ADJUSTMENT DATA
When Mnt is completed, press the [OK] key to memorize the adjustment value. If not to do so, the data is not memorized to the memory IC. And if exit the adjustment mode before to memorize the data, the adjustment value which you have changed will be canceled.
4.6.3.4 RELEASE OF SERVICE MODE
After completing the setting, return to the SERVICE MODE, then again press the [DISPLAY] key.
Page 15
4.6.4 SERVICE MODE FLOW CHART
SERVICE MENU
1. IF
SERVICE MENU
1. IF
3. AUDIO
5. VSM W/B
7. PLUG & PLAY (ON)
1-7 : SELECT DISPLAY : EXIT
******* **** ***** ***** **** **** *** ***
2. V/C
4. DEF
6. STATUS
IF SERVICE MENU
1. VCO
2. DELAY POINT
V/C
1. SCREEN
2. V/C
PAL
HBC
WBC
BRI
VCO (CW)
TOO HIGH ABOVE REFERENCE JUST REFERENCE BELOW REFERENCE TOO LOW
DELAY POINT
AGC TAKEOVER
Setting item
1.SCREEN (READ DATA)
2.CUTOFF / CUT OFF
** ** **
THEATER (B/G)
3.WDR (R/G/B)
4.BRIGHT (TV/VDO 1/2/3)
5.CONT. (TV/VDO 1/2/3)
6.COLOUR (TV/VDO 1/2/3)
7.TINT (TV/VDO 1/2/3 / THEATER)
8.SHARP (TV/VDO 1/2/3)
9.Y DELAY (TV/VDO 1/2/3/ S-VDO)
10.TINT DVD (TV/VDO/ THEATER)
11.AMP T.SHARP (TV/VDO)
12.TWIN CONT (TV/VDO)
*****
**
MHz
6. STATUS
STATUS
V/C STATUS
ECO EOF NOL VNR
****
ADC ECO =
COSMIC STATUS
*******
**
** ** ** ** ** ** ** **
5. VSM W/B
VSM PRESET BRIGHT
1. BRIGHT
***
1. BRIGHT
2. CONT
3. COLOUR
4. SHARP
5.HUE
Setting item
1. R-DRIVE
2. G-DRIVE
3. B-DRIVE
3. AUDIO
AUDIO
1. DCXO ADJ. = NOT NICAM
0002
0009
000A
***
******* *******
*******
4. DEF
DEF FULL 50Hz
1. V-SHIFT
***
(**)
Setting item
1. DCXO ADJ
2. NICAM lower ERRLIM
3. NICAM upper ERRLIM
4. A2 ID THR
MENU EQUALIZER
EQUALIZER RF
USER SOUND TURBO THEATER MUSIC NEWS
1. V-SHIFT
2. V-SLOPE
3. V-SIZE
4. H-CENT
5. H-SIZE
6. TRAPEZ
7. EW-PIN
8. COR-UP
EQUALIZER VIDEO EQUALIZER DVD
USER SOUND TURBO THEATER MUSIC NEWS
4 : 3 / 16 : 9
Setting item
Setting value (Hexadecimal)
Setting value
Sereen size
FULL COMPRESS
USER DRAMA THEATER MUSIC
9. COR-LO
10. ANGLE
11. BOW
12. V-S. CR
13. V-LIN
14. V-ZOOM
Fig.3
(No.YA447)1-15
Page 16
4.7 INITIAL SETTING VALUE OF SERVICE MODE
(1) Adjustment of the SERVICE MODE is made on the basis of the initial setting values:however, the new setting values which set
the screen in its optimum condition may differ from the initial setting value. (2) Do not change the initial setting values of the setting items not listed in "ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE". (3) The " --- " means adjustment is not possible. (4) " 12.TWIN CONT " is displayed only in the models with PIP function.
[2. V/C] * is variable values for adjustment.
Adjustment item Variable range Initial setting value
PAL SECAM NTSC3.58NTSC4.43VIDEO 2COMPONENT(V-
2)
525i 625i
1. SCREEN BRI 0 ~ 63 32* 32* 32* 32* --- 32* 32*
2. CUT OFF B 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) 11* 11* 11* 11* --- -3* -3*
G 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) 7* 7* 7* 7* --- (-5)* (-5)*
CUT OFF THEATER
B 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) --- --- --- --- +9 +8 +8
G 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) --- --- --- --- +5 +8 +8
3. WDR R 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) 32* 32* 32* 32* --- 0 0
G 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) 32 32 32 32 --- 0 0
B 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) 45* 45* 45* 45* --- 0 0
4. BRIGHT RF 0 ~ 63 39* 39* 39* 39* --- --- ---
VIDEO-1(COMPOSITE/S)
VIDEO-2(COMPONENT)
VIDEO-3(COMPOSITE)
(-32 ~ +31) (+1) (+1) (+1) (+1) --- --- ---
(-32 ~ +31) (+2) (+2) (+2) (+2) --- (+2) (+2)
(-32 ~ +31) (+2) (+2) (+2) (+2) --- --- ---
5. CONT. RF 0 ~ 63 32* 32* 32* 32* --- --- ---
VIDEO (-32 ~ +31) (+0) (+0) (+0) (+0) --- (-2) (-2)
6. COLOUR RF 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) 42* 32* 37* +1 --- --- ---
VIDEO-1(COMPOSITE/S)
VIDEO-2(COMPONENT)
VIDEO-3(COMPOSITE)
(-32 ~ +31) +5 +4 +4 +2 --- --- ---
(-32 ~ +31) +5 +4 +4 +2 --- (+8) (+5)
(-32 ~ +31) +5 +4 +4 +2 --- --- ---
7. TINT RF 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) --- --- +27* +1 --- --- ---
VIDEO (-32 ~ +31) --- --- (+6) (+2) --- --- ---
THEATER (-32 ~ +31) --- --- (+2) (+0) --- --- ---
8. SHARP RF 0 ~ 63 25 25 25 25 --- --- ---
VIDEO 0 ~ 63 40 40 40 40 --- 23 23
9. Y DELAY RF 0 ~ 15 11 9 12 5 --- --- ---
VIDEO 0 ~ 15 9 8 11 10 --- --- ---
S-VIDEO 0 ~ 15 7 7 7 7 --- --- ---
10. TINT DVD RF 0 ~ 63(-32 ~ +31) 34* -7 +0 +0 --- --- ---
VIDEO (-32 ~ +31) -1 -8 +0 +0 --- +8 +2
THEATER (-32 ~ +31) -2 +0 --- --- --- +2 +1
11. AMP T.SHARP
RF VIDEO 0 ~ 63 0000---00
12. TWIN CONT. TWIN (RF) --- -15 -15 -15 -15 --- --- ---
TWIN (VIDEO) --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
1-16 (No.YA447)
Page 17
[3. AUDIO] *This submenu is for display only, no adjustment is required.
Function Item Setting value
AUDIO 1. DC XO ADJ 12H*
2. NICAM LOWER ERR LIM 6FH
3. NICAM UPPER ERR LIM B0H
4. A2 ID THR 00H
Function MODE Item 100Hz 300Hz 1kHz 3kHz 8kHz
MENU EQUALIZER RF SOUND TURBO +11 +6 +5 +8 +9
THEATER +6 +4 -9 +6 +8
MUSIC +4+3+2+3+6
NEWS -3 -1 +1 -1 -4
USER +0 +0 +0 +0 +0
VIDEO SOUND TURBO +11 +6 +5 +8 +10
THEATER +6 +4 -9 +6 +8
MUSIC +4+3+2+3+6
NEWS -3 -3 +1 -1 -4
USER +0 +0 +0 +0 +0
DVD THEATER +6 +4 -9 +6 +8
MUSIC +4+3+2+3+6
DRAMA -1 +1 +2 +0 -2
USER +0 +0 +0 +0 +0
[4. DEF]
Initial setting value
Adjustment item
Variable range
4:3 COMPRESS (16:9)
4:3 50Hz Others 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
1. V-SHIFT 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
2. V-SLOPE 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
3. V-SIZE 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 +30* 0* -4* -2*
4. H-CENT 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 +35* 0* 0* 0*
5. H-SIZE 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 +45* 0* 0* 0*
6. TRAPEZ 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
7. EW-PIN 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 +12* 0* 0* 0*
8. COR-UP 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
9. COR-LO 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
10. ANGLE 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
11. BOW 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
12. V-S.CR 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
13. V-LIN 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 0* 0* 0* 0*
14. V-ZOOM 0 ~ 63 -32 ~ +31 +20 - +32 (0) -23* +3*
NOTE: The value with an asterisk * is variable for adjustment. The values in parenthesis ( ) are fixed values.
V-ZOOM DATA can adjust follow data range in case measurement line power on is appeared.
(No.YA447)1-17
Page 18
[5. VSM W/B]
Setting item
Variable
range
BRIGHT SOFT
Setting value
STANDARD THEATER
1. BRIGHT -16 - 16 0 0 0 -4
2. CONT. -16 - 16 +15 +5 +10 +5
3. COLOUR -16 - 16 0 0 -4 -8
4. SHARP -16 - 16 0 -10 -5 0
5. HUE -16 - 16 0 0 0 -1
Setting item
Variable
range
COOL WARM NORMAL
Setting value
THEATER
1. R DRIVE -64 - 63 0 +10 0 +7
2. G DRIVE -64 - 63 0 -4 +2 0
3. B DRIVE -64 - 63 0 -12 -10 -25
1-18 (No.YA447)
Page 19
4.8 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
4.8.1 CHECK ITEM
Item
B1 VOLTAGE DC voltmeter
Measuring instrument
CN00X connector
1-pin:TP-B1 Remote control unit
HIGH VOLTAGE HV voltmeter
Remote
5-pin:TP-E
[MAIN PWB]
CRT anode
Chassis GND control unit
IF VCO Remote
control unit
Test point Adjustment part Description
(1) Receive any broadcast. (2) Connect a DC voltmeter to 1-pin and 5-pin of CN00X
connector.
(3) Make sure that the voltage is DC134.5V ±2.0V.
(1) Receive any broadcast. (2) Connect the earth clip of HV voltmeter to chassis
GND.
(3) Connect the probe of HV voltmeter to CRT anode.
Make sure that the voltage is
(4)
NOTE:
• Remove the probe before removing the earth clip.
[1.IF]
1.VCO
• Under normal conditions, no adjustment is required.
• Confirmation adjustment. (1) Select 1.IF from the SERVICE MODE. (2) Select <1.VCO> (3) Receive any broadcast.
(4) Check the (Arrow) posspition between the ABOVE
REF. and BELOW REF.
Receiving frequency
DC31.5kV +1kV/-1.5kV
.
IF SERVICE MENU
1. VCO
2. DELAY POINT
VCO (CW)
TOO HIGH ABOVE REFERENCE JUST REFERENCE BELOW REFERENCE
DISPLAY : EXIT1 : SELECT
TOO LOW
. MHz
DISPLAY : EXIT
YELLOW
(No.YA447)1-19
Page 20
4.8.2 TUNER / IF CIRCUIT
Item
DELAY POINT (AGC)
Measuring
instrument
Signal generator
Remote control unit
Setting Item
DELAY POINT (AGC TAKE-OVER)
NTSC3.58
OTHER
4.8.3 FOCUS
Test point Adjustment part Description
[1. IF]
2. DELAY POINT (AGC TAKE-OVER)
(1) Receive a black and white signal (colour off). (2) Select 1. IF. (3) Select <2. DELAY POINT>. (4) Set the setting values of the setting items as shown
bellow table.
(5) Then adjust the [MENU - / +] keys until video noise
Variable range
0 - 127
Initial setting value
28
28
disappears.
(6) Turn to other channels and make sure that there are
no irregularities.
Item
FOCUS Signal
Measuring
instrument
generator
Test point Adjustment part Description
FOCUS VR [In HVT]
(1) Receive the cross hatch signal. (2) While looking at the screen, adjust the FOCUS VR
to the vertical and horizontal lines will be thinnest and sharpest.
(3) Make sure that the picture is in focus even when the
screen gets darkened.
4.8.4 DEFLECTION CIRCUIT
• The setting (adjustment) using the remote control unit is made on the basis of the initial setting values.
• The setting values which adjust the screen to the optimum condition can be different from the initial setting values.
• When performing deflection circuit adjustment, adjusts PAL signal (fv: 50 Hz) in 4:3 mode and 16:9 mode respectively, and adjust the NTSC signal (fv: 60 Hz) similarly.
NOTE:
Proceed to the following adjustment after having completed the adjustments of SUB BRIGHT and SUB PICTURE.
COMPRESS: OFF (4:3)
Item
V. SLOPE Signal
Measuring
instrument
generator
Test point Adjustment part Description
[4. DEF]
2. V-SLOPE
PAL V. SLOPE
(1) Receive a circle pattern signal of vertical frequency
50Hz (PAL). Remote control unit
(2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <2. V-SLOPE>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <2. V-SLOPE>. (5) Adjust <2. V-SLOPE> to make "A = B". (6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
A
Blanking line
B
NTSC V. SLOPE
(1) Receive a circle pattern signal of vertical frequency
60Hz (NTSC).
(2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL V. SLOPE.
1-20 (No.YA447)
Page 21
Item
Measuring instrument
V. POSITION Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Test point Adjustment part Description
[4. DEF]
1. V-SHIFT
PAL V. POSITION
(1) Receive a circle pattern signal of vertical frequency
50Hz (PAL). (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <1. V-SHIFT>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <1. V-SHIFT>.
A
(5) Adjust <1. V-SHIFT> to make "A = B". (6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC V. POSITION
(1) Receive a circle pattern signal of vertical frequency
60Hz (NTSC). (2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL V. POSITION.
B
V. SIZE Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Screen
size 92%
H. POSITION Signal
generator
Remote control unit
[4. DEF]
3. V-SIZE
Picture size 100%
[4. DEF]
4. H-CENT
CD
PAL V. SIZE
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <3. V-SIZE>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <3. V-SIZE>. (5) Adjust <3. V-SIZE> to make the vertical screen size
to 92% of the picture size. (6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC V. SIZE
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL V. SIZE.
PAL H. POSITION
(1) Receive a PAL circle pattern signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <4. H-CENT>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <4. H-CENT>. (5) Adjust <4. H-CENT> to make "C = D". (6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC H. POSITION
(1) Receive a NTSC circle pattern signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL H. POSITION.
(No.YA447)1-21
Page 22
Item
Measuring
instrument
H. SIZE Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Test point Adjustment part Description
[4.DEF]
5. H-SIZE
PAL H. SIZE
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <5. H-SIZE>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <5. H-SIZE>. (5) Adjust <5. H-SIZE> to make the horizontal screen
Screen size 91%
size to 91% of the picture size.
(6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC H. SIZE
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL H. SIZE.
Picture size 100%
SIDE PIN Signal
generator
Remote control unit
TRAPEZIUM Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Straight
Parallel
[4. DEF]
7. EW-PIN
[4.DEF]
6. TRAPEZ
PAL SIDE PIN
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <7. EW-PIN>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <7. EW-PIN>. (5) Adjust <7. EW-PIN> so that the first vertical lines at
the left and right edges on the screen are straight.
(6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC SIDE PIN
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL SIDE PIN.
PAL TRAPEZIUM
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <6. TRAPEZ>. (4) Set the initial setting value of 6. TRAPEZ. (5) Adjust <6. TRAPEZ> so that the vertical lines at the
left and right edges on the screen are in parallel.
(6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC TRAPEZIUM
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL TRAPEZIUM.
1-22 (No.YA447)
Page 23
Item
Measuring instrument
V.LINEARITY Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Test point Adjustment part Description
[4. DEF]
12. V-S. CR
13. V-LIN
PAL V. LINEARITY
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <12. V-S.CR>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <12. V-S. CR>. (5) Select <13. V-LIN>. (6) Set the initial setting value of <13. V-LIN>.
Top
(7) Adjust <12. V-S. CR> and <13. V-LIN> so that the
spaces of each line on TOP, CENTRE and
BOTTOM become uniform.
Centre
(8) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC V. LINEARITY
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal.
Bottom
(2) Follow the same step 2 to 8 as in PAL V-S. CR.
CORNER PIN Signal
generator
Remote control unit
H. PARALLEL Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Straigt
Parallel
[4. DEF]
8. COR-UP
9. COR-LO
[4.DEF]
10. ANGLE
PAL CORNER PIN
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <8. COR-UP>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <8. COR-UP>. (5) Select <9. COR-LO>. (6) Set the initial setting value of <9. COR-LO>. (7) Adjust <8. COR-UP> and <9. COR-LO> so that the
vertical lines at the four corners on the screen are
straight. (8) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC CORNER PIN
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 8 as in PAL CORNER.
PAL H. PARALLEL
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <10. ANGLE>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <10. ANGLE>. (5) Adjust <10. ANGLE> to optimize the trapezium
distortion at the centre of the screen. (6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC H. PARALLEL
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL H.
PARALLEL.
(No.YA447)1-23
Page 24
Item
Measuring
instrument
H. BOW Signal
generator
Remote control unit
COMPRESS : ON (16:9)
Test point Adjustment part Description
[4.DEF]
11. BOW
PAL H. BOW
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (3) Select <11. BOW>. (4) Set the initial setting value of <11. BOW>.
Straight
(5) Adjust <11. BOW> to optimize the horizontal arc
distortion.
(6) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC H. BOW
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 6 as in PAL H. BOW.
Item
Measuring
instrument
V. SIZE Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Screen
size
Vertical amplitude
V. SLOPE Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Test point Adjustment part Description
[4.DEF]
14. V. ZOOM
3. V-SIZE
PAL V. SIZE
(1) Receive a circle pattern signal of vertical frequency
50Hz (PAL). (2) Set the COMPRESS(16 : 9) to ON. (3) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE.
Screen size
(4) Set the initial setting value of <14. V. ZOOM>. (5) Select <3. V-SIZE>. (6) Set the initial setting value of <3. V-SIZE>. (7) Adjust <3. V-SIZE> to set the vertical amplitude of
the image to the value shown in the left hand side
Vertical amplitude
list. (8) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC V. SIZE
(1) Receive a crosshatch signal of vertical frequency
60Hz (NTSC).
AV-2986ME AV-29MS26
AV-29MX76/G
305 mm
[4.DEF]
2. V-SLOPE
(2) Follow the same step 2 to 8 as in PAL V. SIZE.
PAL V. SLOPE
(1) Receive a circle pattern signal of vertical frequency
50Hz (PAL). (2) Set the COMPRESS(16 : 9) to ON. (3) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <2. V-SLOPE>. (5) Set the initial setting value of <2. V-SLOPE>. (6) Adjust <2. V-SLOPE> to make "A = B".
A
Blanking line
B
(7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC V. SLOPE
(1) Receive a circle pattern signal of vertical frequency
60Hz (NTSC). (2) Follow the same step 2 to 7 as in PAL V-SLOPE.
1-24 (No.YA447)
Page 25
Item
Measuring instrument
SIDE PIN Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Test point Adjustment part Description
[4. DEF]
7. EW-PIN
PAL SIDE PIN
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Set the COMPRESS(16 : 9) to ON. (3) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <7. EW-PIN>.
Straight
(5) Set the initial setting value of <7. EW-PIN>. (6) Adjust <7. EW-PIN> so that the first vertical lines at
the left and right edges on the screen are straight.
(7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC SIDE PIN
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 7 as in PAL SIDE PIN.
TRAPEZIUM Signal
generator
Remote control unit
CORNER PIN Signal
generator
Remote control unit
Parallel
Straigt
[4. DEF]
6. TRAPEZ
[4. DEF]
8. COR-UP
9. COR-LO
PAL TRAPEZIUM PIN
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Set the COMPRESS(16 : 9) to ON. (3) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <6. TRAPEZ>. (5) Set the initial setting value of <6. TRAPEZ>. (6) Adjust <6. TRAPEZ> so that the vertical lines at the
left and right edges on the screen are in parallel.
(7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC TRAPEZIUM PIN
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 7 as in PAL TRAPEZIUM.
PAL CORNER PIN
(1) Receive a PAL crosshatch signal. (2) Set the COMPRESS(16 : 9) to ON. (3) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <8. COR-UP>. (5) Set the initial setting value of <8. COR-UP>. (6) Select <9. COR-LO>. (7) Set the initial setting value of <9. COR-LO>. (8) Adjust <8. COR-UP> and <9. COR-LO> so that the
vertical lines at the four corners on the screen are straight.
(9) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
NTSC CORNER PIN
(1) Receive a NTSC crosshatch signal. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 9 as in PAL CORNER PIN.
(No.YA447)1-25
Page 26
VIDEO - 2 SET: COMPONENT
Item
Measuring
instrument
H. POSITION Signal
generator
Remote control unit
C
4.8.5 VIDEO CIRCUIT
Test point Adjustment part Description
[4. DEF]
4. H-CENT
(1) Receive a PAL circle pattern signal to VIDEO-2
component terminal. (2) Select VIDEO-2 SET from the MENU and set
VIDEO-2 SET to COMPONENT. (3) Select 4. DEF from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <4. H-CENT>.
D
(5) Set the initial setting value of <4. H-CENT>. (6) Adjust <4. H-CENT> to make "C=D". (7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
Item
WHITE BALANCE (Low light)
WHITE BALANCE (High light)
Measuring
instrument
Signal generator
Remote control unit
B CUTOFF (
B CUTOFF (
Signal generator
Remote control unit
Test point Adjustment part Description
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
12 3
4
)
789
)
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
12 3
56
[2. V/C]
2. CUTOFF (B)
2. CUTOFF (G)
SCREEN VR [In HVT]
G CUTOFF ( )
G CUTOFF (
)
[2. V/C]
3. WDR (R)
3. WDR (G)
3. WDR (B)
COMPOSITE WHITE BALANCE
(1) Receive a PAL black and white signal (colour off). (2) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT. (3) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE.
(4) Select <2. CUTOFF> (B) and (G). (5) Set each value to initial setting value with the [4] / [7]
keys and [5] / [8] keys. (6) Turn the SCREEN VR fully counterclockwise, then
slowly turn it clockwise to where a red, blue or green
colour is faintly visible. (7) Use the [4] / [7] and [5] / [8] keys to adjust so that
the other 2 colours appear white. (8) Turn the SCREEN VR to where the single horizontal
line glows faintly. (9) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
COMPONENT WHITE BALANCE
(1) Receive a PAL component black and white signal
(colour off). (2) Select VIDEO-2 SET from the MENU and set
VIDEO-2 SET to COMPONENT. (3) Adjust COMPONENT WHITE BALANCE in the
same way as "COMPOSITE WHITE BALANCE".
(1) Receive a PAL black and white signal (colour off). (2) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT.
(3) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <3. WDR> (R), (G) and (B). (5) Set each value to initial setting value with the [4] to
[9] keys. (6) Use the [4] to [9] keys to produce a white screen. (7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
4
) B DRIVE ()
R DRIVE (
)
R DRIVE (
56
789
1-26 (No.YA447)
G DRIVE ()
B DRIVE (
G DRIVE (
)
)
Page 27
Item
Measuring instrument
SUB BRIGHT Remote
control unit
SUB CONTRAST
Remote control unit
SUB COLOUR Remote
control unit
Signal generator
Oscilloscope
Remote control unit
W C
VOLTAGE (W-B)
AV-2986ME
AV-29MS26
AV-29MX76/G
Test point Adjustment part Description
TP-47B TP-E
[CRT SOCKET PWB]
YGR
B
M
Voltage setting
PAL NTSC SECAM
+31V +22V +0V
+31V
+31V
[2. V/C]
4. BRIGHT
[2. V/C]
5. CONT
[2. V/C]
6. COLOUR
[2. V/C]
6. COLOUR
(-)
(A)
0
(+)
+22V +0V
+22V +0V
(1) Receive a NTSC broadcast. (2) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT. (3) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <4. BRIGHT>. (5) Set the initial setting value of <4. BRIGHT>. (6) If the brightness is not best with the initial setting value,
make fine adjustment until you get the best brightness.
(7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
(1) Receive a NTSC broadcast. (2) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT.
(3) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <5. CONT>. (5) Set the initial setting value of <5. CONT>. (6) If the contrast is not best with the initial setting value,
make fine adjustment until you get the best contrast.
(7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
[Method of adjustment without measuring instrument]
PAL COLOUR
(1) Receive a PAL M broadcast. (2) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT. (3) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <6. COLOUR>. (5) Set the initial setting value of <6. COLOUR>. (6) If the colour is not the best with the initial set value,
make fine adjustment until you get the best colour.
(7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
SECAM COLOUR
(1) Receive a SECAM broadcast. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 7 as in PAL COLOUR.
NTSC 3.58 COLOUR
(1) Receive a NTSC 3.58MHz broadcast. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 7 as in PAL COLOUR.
NTSC 4.43 COLOUR
• When NTSC 3.58 COLOUR is set, NTSC 4.43 COLOUR will be automatically set.
[Method of adjustment using measuring instrument]
PAL COLOUR
(1) Receive a PAL M colour bar signal (full field colour
bar 75% white). (2) Connect the oscilloscope between TP-47B and TP-E. (3) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT. (4) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (5) Select <6. COLOUR>. (6) Set the initial setting value of <6. COLOUR>. (7) Adjust the value of (A) to the value in the voltage
table in the left. (8) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values.
SECAM COLOUR
(1) Receive a SECAM colour bar signal (full field colour
bar 75% white) (2) Follow the same step 2 to 8 as in PAL COLOUR.
NTSC 3.58 COLOUR
(1) Receive a NTSC 3.58MHz broadcast. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 8 as in PAL COLOUR.
NTSC 4.43 COLOUR
• When NTSC 3.58 COLOUR is set, NTSC 4.43
COLOUR will be automatically set.
(No.YA447)1-27
Page 28
Item
Measuring
instrument
SUB TINT Remote con-
trol unit
Signal generator
Oscilloscope
Remote control unit
YGR
Test point Adjustment part Description
[2. V/C]
7. TINT
[Method of adjustment without measuring instrument]
PAL TINT
(1) eceive a PAL broadcast. (2) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT. (3) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <7. TINT>. (5) Set the initial setting value of <7. TINT>. (6 ) If you cannot get the best HUE with the initial setting value,
make fine adjustment until you get the best TINT.
(7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the best values.
NTSC 3.58 TINT
(1) Receive a NTSC 3.58 broadcast. (2) Follow the same step 2 to 8 as in PAL TINT.
NTSC 4.43 TINT
• When NTSC 3.58 TINT is set, NTSC 4.43 TINT will be automatically set.
PAL TINT (DVD)
(1) Receive a PAL broadcast. (2) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT. (3) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (4) Select <10. TINT DVD>. (5) Set the initial setting value of <10. TINT DVD>. (6) If you cannot get the best HUE with the initial set-
ting value, make fine adjustment until you get the best TINT.
(7) Press the [OK] key to memorize the best values.
TP-47B TP-E
[CRT SOCKET PWB]
[2. V/C]
7. TINT
[Method of adjustment using measuring instrument]
PAL TINT
(1) Receive a PAL colour bar signal (full field colour
bar 75% white). (2) Connect the oscilloscope to TP-47B and TP-E. (3) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT. (4) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (5) Select <7. TINT>. (6) Set the initial setting value of <7. TINT>. (7 ) If you cannot get the best HUE with the initial setting value,
make fine adjustment until you get the best TINT. (8) Press the [OK] key to memorize the best values.
W C
VOLTAGE (W-B)
NTSC 3.58(TINT) PAL TINT (DVD)
AV-2986ME
AV-29MS26
AV-29MX76/G
B
M
Voltage setting
+9V
+9V
+9V
1-28 (No.YA447)
(B)
(+)
NTSC 3.58 TINT
(-)
0
(1) eceive a NTSC 3.58 colour bar signal (full field colour
bar 75% white). (2) Follow the same step 2 to 8 as in PAL TINT.
NTSC 4.43 TINT
• When NTSC 3.58 TINT is set, NTSC 4.43 TINT will be automatically set.
+23V
+23V
+23V
PAL TINT (DVD)
(1) Receive a PAL colour bar signal (full field colour
bar 75% white). (2) Connect the oscilloscope to TP-47B and TP-E. (3) Set the PICTURE MODE to BRIGHT. (4) Select 2. V/C from the SERVICE MODE. (5) Select <10. TINT DVD>. (6) Set the initial setting value of <10. TINT>. (7 ) If you cannot get the best HUE with the initial setting value,
make fine adjustment until you get the best TINT. (8) Press the [OK] key to memorize the best values.
Page 29
4.8.6 VSM PRESET SETTING
Item
Measuring instrument
Test point Adjustment part Description
VSM PRESET Remote
control unit
Setting item
1. BRIGHT -16 - 16 0 0 0 -4
2. CONT. -16 - 16 +15 +5 +10 +5
3. COLOUR -16 - 16 0 +0 -4 -8
4. SHARP -16 - 16 0 -10 -5 0
5. HUE -16 - 16 0 0 0 -1
Variable
range
BRIGHT SOFT
Setting value
[5.VSM W/B]
1. BRIGHT
2. CONT
3. COLOUR
4. SHARP
5. HUE
1. R-DRIVE
2. G-DRIVE
3. B-DRIVE
STANDARD THEATER
(1) Select 5.VSM W/B from the SERVICE MODE. (2) Select the BRIGHT with the [OK] key. (3) Adjust the [MENU /] key to bring the set values
of <1. BRIGHT> - <5. HUE> to the values shown in
the table. (4) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values. (5) Respectively select the VSM PRESET mode for
STANDARD, SOFT and THEATER. (6) Select COOL with the [OK] key. (7) Adjust the [MENU /] key to bring the set values
of <1. R DRIVE> to <3. B DRIVE> to the values
shown in the table. (8) Press the [OK] key to memorize the set values. (9) Respectively select the WIHITE BALANCE mode for
WARM and NORMAL.
W/B preset
Setting item
1. R DRIVE
2. G DRIVE
3. B DRIVE
COOL NORMAL WARM
0
0+2
0 -10
0
+10
-4
-12
THEATER
+7
0
-25
(No.YA447)1-29
Page 30
4.8.7 PURITY AND CONVERGENCE
PURITY ADJUSTMENT
NOTE:
The final adjustment of CONVERGENCE must be done after the FOCUS adjustment. (CONVERGENCE is changed by FOCUS adjustment.) When makes difference by FOCUS adjustment, should be reconfirming PURITY adjustment.
(1) Demagnetize CRT with the demagnetizer.
(2) Loosen the retainer screw of the deflection yoke.
CRT
WEDGE
DEFLECTION YOKE
P
4 6
P / C
MAGNETS
(3) Remove the wedges.
(4) Input a green raster signal from the signal generator, and
turn the screen to green raster.
(5) Move the deflection yoke backward.
(6) Bring the long lug of the purity magnets on the short lug and
position them horizontally. (Fig.2)
(7) Adjust the gap between two lugs so that the GREEN
RASTER will come into the centre of the screen. (Fig.3)
(8) Move the deflection yoke forward, and fix the position of the
deflection yoke so that the whole screen will become green.
(9) Insert the wedge to the top side of the deflection yoke so that
it will not move.
(10) Input a crosshatch signal.
• P/C MAGNETS
P : PURITY MAGNET 4 : 4 POLES (convergence magnets) 6 : 6 POLES (convergence magnets)
Fig.1
PURITY MAGNETS
Long lug
Short lug
Bring the long lug over the short lug and position them horizontally.
Fig.2
(FRONT VIEW)
GREEN RASTER
(11) Verify that the screen is horizontal.
(12) Input red and blue raster signals, and make sure that purity
is properly adjusted.
1-30 (No.YA447)
CENTRE
Fig.3
Page 31
STATIC CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT
(1) Input a crosshatch signal.
(2) Using 4-pole convergence magnets, overlap the red and
blue lines in the centre of the screen (Fig.1) and turn them to magenta (red/blue).
(3) Using 6-pole convergence magnets, overlap the magenta
(red/blue) and green lines in the centre of the screen and turn them to white.
(4) Repeat 2 and 3 above, and make best convergence.
(FRONT VIEW)
Fig.1
(FRONT VIEW)
DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT
(1) Move the deflection yoke up and down and overlap the lines
in the periphery. (Fig. 2)
(2) Move the deflection yoke left to right and overlap the lines in
the periphery. (Fig. 3)
(3) Repeat 1 and 2 above, and make best convergence.
(4) Adjust XV by XV coil. (Fig.4)
• After adjustment, fix the wedge at the original position. Fasten the retainer screw of the deflection yoke. Fix the P/C magnets with glue.
RED
BLUE
RED
BLUE
GREEN
GREEN
Fig.2
(FRONT VIEW)
GREEN GREEN
RED
BLUE
Fig.3
BLUE
BLUE
RED
GREENGREEN
BLUE
RED
RED
RED
GREEN
BLUE
BLUE GREEN
RED
(FRONT VIEW)
Xv
GREEN
Fig.4
(No.YA447)1-31
Page 32
SECTION 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 SELF CHECK FUNCTIONS
5.1.1 OUTLINE
This model has self check functions given below. When an abnormality has been detected, the SUB POWER is turned off and POWER LED flashes to inform of the failure. An abnormality is detected by the signal input state of the control line connected to the microcomputer.
5.1.2 SELF CHECK ITEMS
Check item Details of detection Method of detection State of abnormality
B1 over-current protection An over-current on the low B1
line is detected.
CRT neck broken protection Operation of CRT neck
protection circuit.
5.1.3 SELF CHECK INDICATING FUNCTION
When an abnormality has been detected at about 5 seconds after the power was turned on, the SUB POWER is turned off immediately and the POWER LED flashes.
The main microcomputer detects the possible abnormality at 24-msec. intervals and judges the results in every 16 time. Of the 16 times, if NG is detected more than 9 times, it is judged that there is an abnormality.
After about 5 seconds
When an abnormality has been detected, the SUB-POWER is turned off. While the SUB­POWER is being turned off, the POWER key on the remote control unit is not operational until the power cord is disconnected and connected again.
Detection of an abnormality
Powe r o n Port
[ INDICATION BY THE POWER LED]
Item LED flashing intervals
B1 over-current protection / CRT neck broken protection 0.3 seconds
Start of detection
Flashing LED
SUB-POWER OFF
1-32 (No.YA447)
Page 33
(No.YA447)1-33
Page 34
Victor Company of Japan, Limited Display Category 12, 3-chome, Moriya-cho, Kanagawa-ku, Yokohama-city, Kanagawa-prefecture, 221-8528, Japan
(No.YA447)
Printed in Japan
VPT
Page 35
INSTRUCTIONS
GGT0120-001A-H
AV-2988SE AV-2986ME AV-2986SE AV-2956BE AV-2956ME
AV-2586ME
AV-2186ME AV-2156BE AV-2156ME
COLOUR TELEVISION EQUALIZER • CINEMA SURROUND • COMPONENT INPUT
Contents
Knowing your TV’s features .......................................................3
Remote control buttons and basic functions ..............................4
TV buttons and functions ............................................................6
Setting up your TV ......................................................................7
Basic setting for picture ..............................................................9
Advanced setting for picture ..................................................... 11
Original features for picture ......................................................12
Basic setting for sound .............................................................14
Advanced setting for sound ......................................................15
DVD Menu ................................................................................16
Customized setting ...................................................................17
TV channel presetting ..............................................................19
Additional preparation ..............................................................22
Troubleshooting ........................................................................23
Specifi cations .............................................................Back cover
Page 36
2
15 cm
10 cm 10 cm
15 cm
WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE
THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
CAUTION: TO ENSURE PERSONAL SAFETY, OBSERVE THE
FOLLOWING RULES REGARDING THE USE OF THIS TV.
1 Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV. 2 Avoid damaging the power cord and mains plug. When unplugging the
TV, grasp the mains plug. Do not pull on the power cord. 3 Never block or cover the ventilation openings. Never install the TV where good ventilation is unattainable. When installing this TV, leave spaces for ventilation around the TV of
more than the minimum distances as shown.
4 Do not allow objects or liquid into the cabinet openings. 5 In the event of a fault, unplug the unit and call a service technician.
Do not attempt to repair it yourself or remove the rear cover. 6 The surface of the TV screen is easily damaged. Be very careful with it
when handling the TV. Should the TV screen become soiled, wipe it with
a soft dry cloth. Never rub it forcefully. Never use any cleaner or detergent
on it.
7 This TV can be turned on/off power by connecting/disconnecting the AC
plug into AC outlet. While this TV is being installed, enough space should be reserved for connection/disconnecting the AC plug into AC outlet by hand.
8 The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that
no objects fi lled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
WARNING: <AV-21M, AV-25M, AV-29M, AV-21B, AV-29B Series> YOU CAN DETACH THE PROTECT SHEET ON THE TOP
AND BOTTOM OF FRONT FRAME IF YOU NEEDED.
THE FRONT BUTTON DOOR OF THE TV SHOULD BE
PULLED OUT FROM ITS BOTTOM. DO NOT PRESS THE UPPER PART, OR YOUR FINGER MAY BE PINCHED.
Thank you for buying this JVC colour television.
To make sure you understand how to use your new TV, please read this manual thoroughly before you begin.
PULL PULL
Page 37
3
Knowing your TV’s features
1
2
3
EXIT
Confi rm your TV’s functions
Some functions written in this instruction manual may not be available for your TV. Please see the chart below and check the functions that are equipped for your TV’s model number. The model number is indicated at the rear of your TV. When you press a button concerned to a function that is not available for your TV, it does not work and the logo “Ø” appears on the screen.
Main features
DVD MENU Just connect DVD player to the television. The television will detect DVD signal and display
picture on the screen automatically and you can adjust pictures and sound while you are watching DVD as your desire. When disconnect DVD player, the television will display the previous channel.
MaxxBass MaxxBass enhances bass sound that cannot be reproduced by normal speakers to be
heard by our ears.
PIP (Picture In Picture) You can view two screens (Main picture and Sub picture) at the same time. TELETEXT You can view teletext programmes which are broadcasted by some TV channels. Teletext
programme is an infromation in text form.
FAVORITE CH (Channel) You can register up to four favorite channels for quick recall with one press. A2/NICAM
( STEREO / I.II )
You can listen the stereo sound or billingal sound from TV programme broadcasting by A2 or NICAM Sound-multiplex system.
AI ECO SENSOR TV detects the brightness of your room and automatically adjust the picture brightness to
a suitable level for a better eyecare.
ECO MODE You can adjust TV screen contrast according to the brightness of your room to suitable
level for a better eyecare.
AI VOLUME TV adjusts the volume automatically to the same level for all TV channels to avoid sudden
change of the volume when selecting different TV channels or selecting Video Mode.
TINT You can adjust TINT setting for all colour systems, including PAL.
No.
Model No.
Function
AV-2988SE
AV-2986ME
AV-2986SE
AV-2956BE
AV-2956ME
AV-2586ME
AV-2186ME
AV-2156BE
AV-2156ME
1 , 2
PIP control buttons (Green label) O O O
——
OO
—— — MaxxBass O O O O O O O — PICTURE TILT O O O O O ————
3
AI ECO SENSOR O O O
OOO
O
3
ECO MODE
———
O
———
O
Page 38
4
Remote control buttons and basic functions
1
6
3
7
9
5
8
2
! 4
EXIT
"
No. Press To
1
POWER Turn on or off the TV from standby mode.
2
MENU/OK Display menu and confi rm selected function.
3
5 / / 2 / 3 Select and adjust menu function.
4
CHANNEL -/+ Select the desired channel number.
5
VOLUME -/+ Adjust the volume level.
6
TV/VIDEO EXIT
Select TV or video terminal input. On the other hand, you can use this button to EXIT from the menu.
7
MUTING Turn off the volume.
Press this button again to resume the volume.
8
DISPLAY /BACK
Display the programme number or video terminal number, stereo/bilingual broadcast system and PR list (channel list) on the screen. You can select the channel using the PR list.
1 Press the DISPLAY button once to display the PR list. 2 Press 5 / / 2 / 3 buttons to choose a channel, then press the MENU/OK button.
You can confi rm the favorite channels in the PR list. The channels set to favorite channels are indicated with coloured mark.
On the other hand, you can use this button to return to the previous menu.
9
0~9, -/-- Select the programme number. For two digits programme number, press -/--, then press the
number button.
!
RETURN+ a) Return to the frequently view channel with one touch.
1 Choose the channel you want to register. 2 Press and hold RETURN+ button until “RETURN PLUS PROGRAMMED!” appears.
To cancel, press and hold RETURN+ button until “RETURN PLUS CANCELED!” appears. b) Return to the previously viewed channel, if you have not set or have cancelled the Return
channel as above.
"
FAVORITE CHANNEL
(colour buttons: red, green, yellow, blue)
Register and recall 4 favorite channels.
1. Choose the TV channel you want to register then press and hold a colour button until “PROGRAMMED! " appears.
2. To register other favorite channels, repeat step 1.
To recall the favorite channel, press the corresponding colour button. When the TV is in Text function or MENU mode, the favorite channel function is not available. When the TV is in PIP function, the favorite channel function cannot register but can recall the favorite channel.
Page 39
5
Remote control buttons and basic functions (continued)
The following chart shows locations of functions in menus. In this manual, location of a function is described as follows:
Note: Some functions have the 4th menus as the sub-menus.
How to operate menus and menus locations
To Operation Note
Display the MENU
Press the MENU/OK button 2. PICTURE MENU is displayed on rst press.
To exit the MENU, press the DISPLAY/ BACK button 8 or choose EXIT menu or TV/VIDEO/EXIT button 6.
Choose a Top menu
Press 2/3 buttons 3 to choose a menu title when the cursor is pointing at MENU.
Choose a 2nd menu
Press 5/ buttons 3 to choose a 2nd menu title.
Press button 3 to display the next functions.
Display the 3rd menu
Press 5/ buttons 3 to choose a 2nd menu title. Then press MENU/ OK button 2.
Return to the previous menu
Press the DISPLAY/BACK button
8.
Choose the setting of a function
Press 5/ buttons 3 to choose a function. Then press the 2/3 buttons 3 to change the setting.
Press the TV/ VIDEO/ EXIT button 6 to exit from the menu.
Adjust the effect level of a function
Press 5/ buttons 3 to choose a function. Then press the 2/3 buttons 3 to adjust the effect level.
Display the sub menu of a function.
Press the 5/ ∞ buttons 3 to choose a function. Then press MENU/OK button 2 to display the sub menu.
MENU
Top menu
2nd menu
Top menu 3rd menuMENU 2nd menu
Top menu 2nd menu Location 3nd menu Location
MENU
PICTURE PICTURE MODE P.9
PICTURE SETTING P.10 CONTRAST P.10
BRIGHT P.10 SHARP P.10 COLOUR P.10
TINT P.10 WHITE BALANCE P.10 – VNR P.17
SOUND
STEREO/
I■II
P. 1 5 ––
AI VOLUME P.15 –– SOUND MODE P.14 –– EQUALIZER P.15 –– BALANCE P.14 –– CINEMA SURROUND
P.15 ––
MaxxBass P.15 ––
FEATURES DVD MENU P.16
AUTO SIGNAL DETECT
P.16
DVD PICTURE MODE
P.16
DVD THEATER STATUS
P.16
DVD SOUND MODE
P.16
ON TIMER P.17 PR P.17
ON TIMER P.17 OFF TIMER P.17 –– CHILD LOCK P.17 –– COMPRESS (16:9)
P.11 –– AI ECO SENSOR/ ECO MODE
P.11 ––
INSTALL AUTO PROGRAM P.19 ––
EDIT/MANUAL P.19 DELETE, MOVE,
MANUAL, INSERT
P.19­P.20
COLOUR SYSTEM P.9 –– LANGUAGE P.17 LANGUAGE P.17 TEXT LANGUAGE P.13 TEXT LANGUAGE P.13 VIDEO-2 SETTING P.18 –– BLUE BACK P.11 –– PICTURE TILT P.11 –– BEEP P.18 ––
Page 40
6
TV buttons and functions
The illustrations shown below is for AV-2156BE and AV-2988SE only, which are used for explanation purpose. Your TV may not look exactly the same as illustrated.
POWER
TV/VIDEO
MENU/OK
CHANNEL
VOLUME
RVL/MONO
IN(VIDEO-3)
Front of the TV
AV-2988SE
Rear of the TV
AV-2988SE
POWER
VOLUME
CHANNEL
MENU
OK
VR
L / MONO
IN (VIDEO-3)
6
,22,
-/./
9
#
"
#
2
6
6
3
/6%2
,
2
-/./
/54054
6)$%/
#/-0/.%.4
6)$%/
).054
).054
AV-2156BE
No. Button/terminal Description Page
1
L (main power)
Press to turn on or turn off the TV’s main power.
2
POWER lamp Indicate the TV’s status.
No colour : TV’s main power is being turned off. Red : TV’s main power is being turned on. Blink :
While the TV is in standby mode, ON TIMER funciton is in used. While the TV is in turn on mode , OFF TIMER function is in used. Note: When you turn off the power switch while TV is in standby mode, the power lamp will go off in 10 -15 seconds. When you operate the TV, POWER Lamp will be blink.
3
ECO sensor
4
Remote control sensor
5
TV/VIDEO
Press to select TV or Video terminal input or exit from menu.
6
VOLUME -/+ Press to adjust the volume level.
7
CHANNEL -/+
Press to select the desired channel (Both of RF and Video input.)
8
MENU/OK Press to display the menu.
9
IN (VIDEO-3) Video and audio input jacks for VIDEO-3 mode. 22
!
Headphone jack. 22
"
Aerial socket. 7
#
OUTPUT Video and audio output jacks. (The component video
signal cannot be output.)
22
$
COMPONENT (VIDEO-2) INPUT
Video or component video, and audio input jacks for VIDEO-2 mode. You can select the input signal by setting the “VIDEO-2 SETTING” function (see page 18).
22
%
VIDEO-1 INPUT
Video or S-VIDEO, and audio input jacks for VIDEO-1 mode. 7
How to operate the menus with the TV button
TV button
Work as same as the button on the remote control unit
Note
MENU MENU/OK button To display main menu and exit menu after
nish setting. CHANNEL -/+ /5 button To select menu function. VOLUME -/+ 2/3 button To choose a Top menu and adjust the
desired menu function.
Page 41
7
2 Connecting the main plug to the AC outlet.
Setting up your TV
CAUTION
• Turn off the equipment including the TV before connecting.
VHF/UHF outdoor aerial
75-ohm coaxial cable (not supplied)
1 Connecting the aerial cable.
3 Inserting batteries into the remote control.
Insert two batteries by following the + and - polarities
and inserting the - end fi rst.
CAUTION:
Follow the cautions printed on the batteries. Notes:
• Use AA/R6/UM-3 dry cell batteries.
• If the remote control does not work properly, fi t new batteries. The supplied batteries are for testing, not regular use.
4 Turn on the TV by pressing the main power button.
JVC logo appears on the screen.
V
LRRL
/
MONO
Y
C
B
C
R
/
V
V
S
OVER
L
R
/
MONO
OUTPUT
VIDEO-1
COMPONENT
(VIDEO-2)
INPUT
INPUT
Rear of TV
AV-2156BE
VHF/UHF outdoor aerial
VCR
If you connect a VCR, connect the aerial output jack of your VCR and the aerial jack on the TV with aerial cable. Then connect the output jacks of your VCR and the VIDEO-1 input jacks of the TV with the video cable (or S-VIDEO cable if available) and audio cables. For details, see the manual of your VCR.
The illustration shown is just a sample. It may not be same as your TV.
JVC logo will appear on the screen again at the phase of “SETUP TOUR RESTART?” function. Then the initial setting can be performed according to page 8.
Note:
While in the INSTALL menu with the cursor pointing at INSTALL, pressing the blue button will also display the JVC logo.
Page 42
8
5 Making the initial settings
Set up your TV by pressing MENU/OK button or waiting for 15 seconds, then operate the TV by following the steps
below:
• Press 5/∞ button to select your desired language.
• Press 5/∞ button to select your desired Teletext language group. For details, see page 13.
• TV will start searching for the channels.
To stop AUTO
PROGRAM, press MENU/OK button.
Setting up your TV (continued)
• To complete the initial setting, press the MENU/OK button. To edit the channel list, see page 19.
• “SETUP TOUR RESTART?” will be displayed.
Press the MENU/OK
button to cancel the SETUP TOUR RESTART function.
If you want to make
initial settings again when the next time you turn on the TV, press the Red button to activate the SETUP TOUR RESTART function.
LANGUAGE TEXT LANGUAGE
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
TEXT LANGUAGE
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
AUTO PROGRAM
MENU : OK
22%
EDIT
MENU : OK
MOVE
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
PR CH/CC AV 1 CH 04 2 CH 76 3 CH 78 4 CH 05 5 CH 28
3
6 CH 10
AUTO PROGRAM
MENU : NO
SETUP TOUR RESTART?
: YES
GROUP–1
GROUP–2
GROUP–3
ENGLISH
кмллдав мKPA∫HCъKA
When turn on the TV at the next time
Page 43
9
COLOUR SYSTEM
You can select the appropriate colour system when the picture is not clear or no colour appears. Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to select a setting.
To operate this function with a menu:
For the colour system in each country or region, see the table below:
PICTURE MODE
You can choose the desired picture setting with one-touch. Press the PICTURE MODE button to select a setting.
SOFT Softens contrast and sharpness.
BRIGHT Heightens contrast and sharpness.
STANDARD Standard picture setting.
USER You can change this picture setting as you like.
Select USER and adjust following items in the PICTURE SETTING menu. (CONTRAST, BRIGHT, SHARP, COLOUR, TINT)
When you select VIDEO-2 Mode, you cannot adjust SHARP. When you set DVD THEATER STATUS in DVD MENU to ON, you cannot adjust PICTURE MODE.
To operate this function with a menu:
To return the USER setting to default, press the blue button when the PICTURE SETTING menu is displayed.
Basic setting for picture
AUTO PAL SECAM NTSC3.58
NTSC4.43
MENU INSTALL menu COLOUR SYSTEM
MENU
PICTURE menu
PICTURE MODE
Area Country or Region System
Asia, Middle East
Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc. Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, India, etc.
PAL
China, Vietnam, etc. PAL
Hong Kong, etc. PAL
Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, etc. SECAM
Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc. NTSC
Europe
Russia, etc. SECAM
Czech Republic, Poland, etc. PAL
Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc. PAL
UK, etc. PAL
Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc. PAL
Africa
Republic of South Africa, etc. PAL
Nigeria, etc. PAL
Egypt, Morocco, etc. SECAM
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 44
10
PICTURE SETTING
You can adjust the desired picture setting when selecting USER in PICTURE MODE.
1 Select USER in PICTURE MODE under PICTURE menu.
2 Select PICTURE SETTING in PICTURE menu, then adjust the
setting.
CONTRAST 2 : Lower contrast 3 : Higher contrast
BRIGHT 2 : Darker 3 : Brighter
SHARP 2 : Softer 3 : Higher
COLOUR 2 : Lighter 3 : Deeper
TINT 2 : Reddish 3 : Greenish
When you select VIDEO-2 Mode, you cannot adjust SHARP.
Basic setting for picture (continued)
WHITE BALANCE
You can change the white balance of the picture to better match the type of video being viewed. Select WHITE BALANCE in the PICTURE menu, then choose the desired setting.
NORMAL Normal white balance.
COOL Bluish white.
WARM Reddish white.
When you set DVD THEATER STATUS in DVD MENU to ON, you cannot adjust WHITE BALANCE.
MENU PICTURE menu WHITE BALANCE
MENU
PICTURE menu PICTURE MODE
USER
MENU
PICTURE menu
PICTURE SETTING
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 45
11
AI ECO SENSOR (ECO)/ECO MODE
You can adjust TV screen contrast according to the brightness of your room.
Press the ECO button to select the desired mode.
OFF Cancel the function. MODE-1/ECO-1 Mild contrast (recommended.) MODE-2/ECO-2 Even contrast. DISPLAY (for AI ECO SENSOR only)
Display the graphic of the function.
To operate this function with a menu:
When you set DVD THEATER STATUS in DVD MENU to ON, you cannot adjust AI ECO SENSOR / ECO MODE. Note : AI ECO SENSOR for M and S series. ECO MODE for B series.
Correcting the Slanting Picture (PICTURE TILT)
You can correct the picture tilt caused by the earth’s magnetic force.
1 Select PICTURE TILT in the INSTALL menu, then press MENU/
OK button.
The following display appears.
2 Press the 5/ buttons until the picture becomes level. Then
press the MENU/OK button.
COMPRESS (16:9)
You can convert a normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio) into a wide picture (16:9 aspect ratio). Select COMPRESS (16:9) in the FEATURES menu, then choose ON or OFF.
BLUE BACK
You can set the TV to automatically change to a blue screen and mute the sound if the signal is weak or absent, or when there is no input from an antenna.
Select BLUE BACK in the INSTALL menu, then choose ON or OFF.
If you wish to continue viewing the poor picture, off the BLUE BACK function.
Advanced setting for picture
PICTURE TILT
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
MENU INSTALL menu
PICTURE TILT
MENU INSTALL menu BLUE BACK
MENU
FEATURES menu
COMPRESS (16:9)
MENU
FEATURES menu
AI ECO SENSOR / ECO MODE
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 46
12
PIP Display the sub picture.
To cancel, press the PIP button again.
Notes:
• You can hear the sound from the main picture only.
When main picture and sub picture are the same TV channel.
Press SUB-P -/+
Main picture will be changed TV channel follow as sub picture.
Press
( Input )
To change sub picture to video mode.
Press CHANNEL -/+
Sub picture will be changed TV channel follow as Main picture.
Press CHANNEL -/+
Until main picture change to video mode.
SUB-P -/+ Select the desired TV channel for sub picture.
(Input)
Select the input source for the sub picture.
(Swap)
Swap between the main picture and sub picture.
(Position)
Change the sub picture position. Each time you press the (Position) button, the sub picture position will change as follows:
lower right lower left upper left
upper right
(Freeze)
Freeze the sub picture.
When VIDEO-2 is set to component, you cannot select VIDEO-2 for sub picture. If the main picture input source is VIDEO-2 with component, the PIP function is disabled.
PIP
You can display a sub picture within the main picture on the screen. Press the PIP operation buttons to display and change the sub picture setting.
Original features for picture
TELETEXT
You can watch the Teletext broadcast channel with TEXT function.
1 Press the TEXT button to select the desired mode as follows:
2 Press the CHANNEL -/+ buttons, number buttons or colour
buttons to select other Teletext pages.
3 Press TEXT or TV/VIDEO button to return to TV mode.
You can also operate the teletext using the following buttons:
(Hold)
Hold a teletext page. The (Hold) icon is displayed at the top left of the screen. To cancel, press (Hold) button again.
(Reveal)
Display the hidden text (e.g. answers to a quiz). To cancel, press (Reveal) button again.
(Size)
Enlarge the teletext display.
(Index)
Return to the index page instantly.
(Cancel)
Watch TV programme while waiting for a teletext page. When the teletext page is found, a page number appears at the upper left of the screen. Press (Cancel)
button
to view the teletext page.
(Sub-page)
Operate the (Sub-page) function. Sub-page numbers are displayed at the left of the screen. To cancel sub-page function, press (Sub-page) button again.
TV mode TEXT twin mode TEXT mode
Page 47
13
Original features for picture (continued)
TEXT LANGUAGE
You can set the Teletext language group that corresponds to the programmes. Select TEXT LANGUAGE in the INSTALL menu, then choose the desired language group.
GROUP-1 English, German, Swedish, Finnish, Danish, Hungarian,
Italian, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Turkish
GROUP-2 Polish, German, Estonian, Slovenian, Czech, Slovakian,
Rumanian
GROUP-3 Polish, German, Estonian, Lettish, Russian, Ukrainian
Depending on the broadcast, the language set may not display properly. For details, refer to page 8.
MENU INSTALL menu TEXT LANGUAGE
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 48
14
SOUND SYSTEM
You can select an appropriate sound system when abnormal sound occurs even when the picture appears normally. Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to select a setting.
This function is not available in video mode. For the sound system in each country or region, see the table below:
Basic setting for sound
B/G I D/K M
SOUND MODE
You can choose the desired sound setting. Select the SOUND MODE in SOUND menu, then choose the setting.
USER You can change this sound setting as you like.
Select USER and adjust the frequencies in EQUALIZER (100, 300, 1K, 3K, 8K Hz). For details, see “EQUALIZER” on page 15.
SOUND TURBO
Emphasize on low and high frequency levels.
THEATER
Emphasize on movie sound.
MUSIC Emphasize on music effect.
NEWS Emphasize on vocal sound.
When you select VIDEO-2, you cannot adjust SOUND MODE function. You can adjust it in DVD Menu.
When SOUND MODE is set to SOUND TURBO, EQUALIZER, CINEMA SURROUND and MaxxBass functions are not available.
BALANCE
You can adjust the volume balance between the left and right speakers. Select BALANCE in SOUND menu, then adjust the setting.
MENU SOUND menu SOUND MODE
MENU SOUND menu BALANCE
Area Country or Region System
Asia, Middle East
Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc. Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, India, etc.
B/G
China, Vietnam, etc. D/K
Hong Kong, etc. I
Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, etc. B/G
Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc. M
Europe
Russia, etc. D/K
Czech Republic, Poland, etc. D/K
Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc. B/G
UK, etc. I
Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc. B/G
Africa
Republic of South Africa, etc. I
Nigeria, etc. B/G
Egypt, Morocco, etc. B/G
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 49
15
CINEMA SURROUND
You can enjoy an enhanced sound for wider audience. Press the CINEMA SURROUND button to select a setting.
OFF Cancel the function. ON Listen to sound with wider audience effect.
This function is not available when SOUND MODE is set to SOUND TURBO. To operate this function with a menu:
STEREO / I■II ( )
You can enjoy the stereo and bilingual broadcasted programmes. Press the button to select the desired mode.
Select stereo sound. Select monaural sound.
I
Select bilingual I (sub I).
II
Select bilingual II (sub II).
This function is not available in video mode. To operate this function with a menu:
Advanced setting for sound
EQUALIZER
You can adjust the sound level of each frequencies when selecting USER mode in SOUND MODE.
1 Select USER in SOUND MODE under SOUND menu.
2 Select EQUALIZER in SOUND menu.
The following display appears.
3 Select and adjust the desired frequencies. 4 Press the MENU/OK button to exit the menu.
Adjust high frequency will affect higher pitch sound and vice versa. When you select VIDEO-2, you cannot adjust EQUALIZER.
AI VOLUME
You can adjust the volume of all the channels and video inputs to the same level automatically depends on the strength of signal of the sources. Select AI VOLUME in SOUND menu, then choose ON or OFF.
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
IIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIII
100 300 1K 3K 8K Hz
EQUALIZER
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
MENU SOUND menu CINEMA SURROUND
MENU SOUND menu STEREO / I■II
MENU
SOUND menu
SOUND MODE
USER
MENU
SOUND menu
EQUALIZER
MENU SOUND menu AI VOLUME
MaxxBass
You can enjoy an enhanced bass sound which cannot be reproduced by normal speakers. Select MaxxBass in SOUND menu, then choose the desired setting.
OFF MaxxBass is turned off. HIGH MaxxBass effect is high. LOW MaxxBass effect is low.
MENU SOUND menu MaxxBass
This function is not available when SOUND MODE is set to SOUND TURBO. “MaxxBass” is a registered trademark of Waves Audio Ltd. in the USA, Japan and other countries.
Page 50
16
DVD Menu
AUTO SIGNAL DETECT
When the DVD input signal is detected, the input mode will be changed to VIDEO-2 automatically. And when the DVD input signal is not detected, the input mode will be changed to RF previous input mode.
Select AUTO SIGNAL DETECT in DVD MENU under FEATURES menu then choose ON or OFF (Factory setting is ON).
Press the “POWER ON” button on the DVD players or VCRs (follow by the “PLAY” button for VCRs) so that the signal can be detected.
DVD PICTURE MODE
You can enhance the picture quality of the DVD or VIDEO-2. Select DVD PICTURE MODE in DVD MENU under FEATURES menu, then choose the desired setting.
OFF Cancel the function. CLEAR-1
Select when the disc is with lots of noise (To soften the picture).
CLEAR-2
Select when the disc is with less noise (To sharpen the picture).
DVD THEATER STATUS
You can enjoy an enhanced picture quality for movie playback in a dark room, like watching a movie in the theater.
Select DVD THEATER STATUS in DVD MENU under FEATURES menu, then choose ON or OFF.
ON Enjoy movie playback with suitable colour temperature, sharp
subtitles and improved gradation for black, like in a theater.
OFF
Cancel the function.
When you set DVD THEATER STATUS to ON, PICTURE MODE, WHITE BALANCE and AI ECO SENSOR / ECO MODE functions are not available.
DVD SOUND MODE
You can choose different sound setting for viewing different types of DVD content.
Select DVD SOUND MODE in DVD MENU under FEATURES menu, then choose the desired setting.
MUSIC Select when watching a music concert.
USER
Select if you want to adjust the sound setting to your preference.
DRAMA
Select when watching a drama movie.
THEATER
Select when watching an action movie.
MENU
FEATURES menu
DVD MENU
AUTO SIGNAL DETECT
DVD PICTURE MODE
MENU FEATURES menu
DVD MENU
DVD THEATER STATUS
MENU
FEATURES menu
DVD MENU
DVD SOUND MODE
MENU
FEATURES menu
DVD MENU
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 51
17
Customized setting
VNR
You can reduce the picture noise. Select VNR in PICTURE menu, then choose a setting of VNR function.
OFF VNR is turned off. AUTO Effect of VNR is automatically controlled. MIN Effect of VNR becomes minimum level. MAX Effect of VNR becomes maximum level.
If you select MAX, the picture becomes softer even if the original picture is sharp. When you select VIDEO-2, you cannot adjust VNR function.
LANGUAGE
You can choose your desired on screen display language. Select LANGUAGE in the INSTALL menu, then choose a language.
CHILD LOCK
You can disable the front control buttons of the TV. Select CHILD LOCK in the FEATURES menu, then choose ON or OFF.
ON TIMER
You can set the TV to turn on automatically from standby mode at a set channel and time.
1
Select ON TIMER in the FEATURE menu.
The following display appears.
MENU INSTALL menu LANGUAGE
MENU PICTURE menu
VNR
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
OFF TIMER
You can set the TV to turn off automatically to standby mode after a set time. Press the OFF TIMER button to select a desired period of time.
You can set the period of time to a maximum of 120 minutes in 10 minute intervals.
To operate this function with a menu:
When the remaining elapse time is one minute, “GOOD NIGHT!” appears on the screen. You can display the OFF TIMER menu again to confi rm or change the remaining time.
MENU FEATURES menu OFF TIMER
MENU
FEATURES menu
CHILD LOCK
2 Choose the PR (channel) by pressing the 2/3 button.
External input, AV position and any un-preset channel cannot be
chosen for PR.
3 Set the ON TIMER to your desired period of time by pressing the
2/3 button. ON TIMER starts. You can set the period of time to
a maximum of 12 hours in 15-minute intervals. To off the ON TIMER, set the ON TIMER to OFF. Note : If TV is not in standby mode when ON TIMER is reach the setting time, this case is not available.
PR 01
00:15
ON TIMER
ON TIMER
DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
MENU FEATURES menu
ON TIMER
Page 52
18
Customized setting (continued)
DISPLAY
You can display the programme number, video terminal number and PR list on the screen. Press the DISPLAY button to select the desired mode:
Choose a TV channel or a VIDEO terminal.
1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the PR LIST. 2 Select a programme number or video terminal by pressing the
5/ button to move up/down on the programme number or press the 2/3 button to skip for each 7 programme numbers, then press MENU/OK button.
ON OFF PR LIST
PR CH/CC V1 V2 V3 AV 1 2 3
CH 09 CC 76 CC 78
PR LIST
MENU : OK
-7 +7
VIDEO-2 SETTING
You can set the VIDEO-2 SETTING according to the video signal output from external devices connected to the VIDEO-2 terminal. Select VIDEO-2 SETTING in INSTALL menu, then choose a setting (Factory setting is COMPONENT).
MENU INSTALL menu VIDEO-2 SETTING
VIDEO
If a normal video signal (composite video signal) is input.
COMPONENT If a component video signal (Y/CB/CR) is input.
You must choose a setting according to the signal that you input to VIDEO-2. (If you input the VIDEO Signal or VCR Signal to VIDEO-2, you must set VIDEO-2 SETTING to VIDEO.)
For connecting methods, see “Additional Preparation” on page 22.
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
BEEP
You can use the BEEP function to alert you during DVD AUTO SIGNAL DETECT, AI ECO SENSOR Detect, Stereo Detect, ON TIMER/OFF TIMER operations and when some buttons on the remote control are pressed. Select BEEP in the INSTALL menu, then choose ON or OFF.
When the volume is level 0, then BEEP function is not available.
MENU
INSTALL menu
BEEP
Page 53
19
To register the TV channels automatically (AUTO PROGRAM)
You can register the TV channels into the TV’s channel list automatically.
1 Display the INSTALL menu.
2 Choose AUTO PROGRAM, then press the MENU/OK button.
AUTO PROGRAM function starts, and the channels received are
registered in the channel list (PR LIST) automatically.
3 The EDIT menu appears.
To edit the channel list Proceed to Step 3 of “To edit the channel list
(PR LIST)” on page 20.
If a channel is not registered
Proceed to Step 3 of “To register the TV channels manually” on this page.
To exit the menu Press the MENU/OK button.
To register the TV channels manually (MANUAL in the EDIT menu)
You can register the TV channels into the TV’s channel list manually.
1 Display the INSTALL menu.
TV channel presetting
2 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then press the MENU/OK button.
EDIT menu appears.
3 Choose the channel which you want to register. 4 Press the blue button to activate the MANUAL function.
The sound system of the channel appears at the right of the
CH/CC number.
5 Press the 3 button to choose an appropriate sound system.
For details, see “SOUND SYSTEM” on page 14.
6 Press the green or red button to search for the TV channel.
Searching stops when a channel is found and displayed.
7 Repeat step 5 until your desired TV channel appears.
If the reception is poor Press the blue or yellow button to fi ne tune
the TV channel.
If noisy sound is heard Press the 3 button to choose an appropriate
sound system.
8 Press the MENU/OK button to exit the menu.
EDIT
MENU : OK
MOVE
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
PR CH/CC AV 1 CH 04 2 CH 76 3 CH 78 4 CH 05 5 CH 28
3
6 CH 10
MENU INSTALL menu
MENU INSTALL menu
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 54
20
To add in the new channel (INSERT in the EDIT menu)
You can add in new channels in the TV channel list as you like. You need to fi nd the “CH/CC” number for the TV channel. Find the “CH/CC” number corresponding to the channel number of the TV channel from “CH/CC number list” on page 21.
1 Display the INSTALL menu.
2 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then press the MENU/OK button.
EDIT menu appears.
3 Choose the PR number for which you will register a new TV
channel. When you add a new TV channel of NTSC-M system, press the SOUND SYSTEM button to change the sound system to M. Then proceed to the next step.
4 Press the green button, then press 3 button to choose “CC” or
“CH”.
5 Press the number button to enter the CH/CC number for the TV
channel you wish to add.
The TV starts to search the TV channel, and the picture of the TV
channel appears. If the TV fi nds no TV channel, a noisy picture
appears. When a TV channel has already been registered in PR99, using the INSERT function deletes that TV channel.
TV channel presetting (continued)
To edit the channel list (PR LIST) (MOVE and DELETE in the EDIT menu)
You can edit the TV channel list as you like. Note: After this operation, other channel’s PR numbers will be changed.
1 Display the INSTALL menu.
2 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then press the MENU/OK button.
EDIT menu appears.
3 Choose the channel which you want to change its PR number,
or delete.
4 Do the following action:
To change the PR number (MOVE)
Press the 3 button. Then move it to the new PR number you want to use for the channel by pressing the 5/∞ button. Finally press the 2 button.
To delete the channel (DELETE)
Press the yellow button.
5 Press the MENU/OK button to exit the menu.
EDIT
MENU : OK
MOVE
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
PR CH/CC AV 1 CH 04 2 CH 76 3 CH 78 4 CH 05 5 CH 28
3
6 CH 10
MENU INSTALL menu
MENU INSTALL menu
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 55
21
TV channel presetting (continued)
CH/CC number
When you want to use the INSERT function on page 20, find the CH/CC number corresponding to the channel number of the TV channel from this table.
Channel No. Country
US United States, Philippines, etc..
CCIR
Middle East, Southeast Asia, etc..
OIRT Eastern Europe, Russia, Vietnam,
etc..
AUSTRALIA Australia, etc..
Channel
CC US CCIR OIRT AUSTRALIA
CC 18 E S-18 CC 19 F S-19 CC 20 G S-20 CC 21 H S-21 CC 22 I S-22 CC 23 J S-23 CC 24 K S-24 CC 25 L S-25 CC 26 M S-26 CC 27 N S-27 CC 28 O S-28 CC 29 P S-29 CC 30 Q S-30 CC 31 R S-31 CC 32 S S-32 CC 33 T S-33 CC 34 U S-34 CC 35 V S-35 CC 36 W S-36 CC 37 W+1 S-37 CC 38 W+2 S-38 CC 39 W+3 S-39 CC 40 W+4 S-40 CC 41 W+5 S-41 CC 42 W+6 CC 43 W+7 CC 44 W+8 CC 45 W+9 CC 46 W+10 CC 47 W+11 CC 48 W+12 CC 49 W+13 CC 50 W+14 CC 51 W+15 CC 52 W+16 CC 53 W+17 CC 54 W+18 CC 55 W+19 CC 56 W+20 CC 57 W+21 CC 58 W+22 CC 59 W+23 CC 60 W+24 CC 61 W+25 CC 62 W+26 CC 63 W+27 CC 64 W+28 CC 75 X CC 76 Y R3 CC 77 Z R4 AU-3 CC 78 Z+1 R5 CC 79 Z+2 AU-4 CC 95 A-5 CC 96 A-4 CC 97 A-3 CC 98 A-2 CC 99 A-1
CH US CCIR OIRT AUSTRALIA
CH 33 US-33, W+48 E33 AU-34 CH 34 US-34, W+49 E34 AU-35 CH 35 US-35, W+50 E35 AU-36 CH 36 US-36, W+51 E36 AU-37 CH 37 US-37, W+52 E37 AU-38 CH 38 US-38, W+53 E38 AU-39/AU-40 CH 39 US-39, W+54 E39 AU-41 CH 40 US-40, W+55 E40 AU-42 CH 41 US-41, W+56 E41 AU-43 CH 42 US-42, W+57 E42 AU-44 CH 43 US-43, W+58 E43 AU-45 CH 44 US-44, W+59 E44 AU-46 CH 45 US-45, W+60 E45 AU-47/AU-48 CH 46 US-46, W+61 E46 AU-49 CH 47 US-47, W+62 E47 AU-50 CH 48 US-48, W+63 E48 AU-51 CH 49 US-49, W+64 E49 AU-52 CH 50 US-50, W+65 E50 AU-53 CH 51 US-51, W+66 E51 AU-54 CH 52 US-52, W+67 E52 AU-55/AU-56 CH 53 US-53, W+68 E53 AU-57 CH 54 US-54, W+69 E54 AU-58 CH 55 US-55, W+70 E55 AU-59 CH 56 US-56, W+71 E56 AU-60 CH 57 US-57, W+72 E57 AU-61 CH 58 US-58, W+73 E58 AU-62 CH 59 US-59, W+74 E59 AU-63/AU-64 CH 60 US-60, W+75 E60 AU-65 CH 61 US-61, W+76 E61 AU-66 CH 62 US-62, W+77 E62 AU-67 CH 63 US-63, W+78 E63 AU-68 CH 64 US-64, W+79 E64 AU-69 CH 65 US-65, W+80 E65 CH 66 US-66, W+81 E66 CH 67 US-67, W+82 E67 CH 68 US-68, W+83 E68 CH 69 US-69, W+84 E69
CC US CCIR OIRT AUSTRALIA
CC 01 S-1 AU-5 CC 02 S-2 CC 03 S-3 CC 04 S-4 CC 05 S-5 CC 06 S-6 AU-5A CC 07 S-7 CC 08 S-8 CC 09 S-9 CC 10 S-10 CC 11 S-11 CC 12 S-12 CC 13 S-13 CC 14 A S-14 CC 15 B S-15 CC 16 C S-16 CC 17 D S-17
CH US CCIR OIRT AUSTRALIA
CH 02 US-2 E2 R1 AU-0 CH 03 US-3 E3 AU-1 CH 04 US-4 E4 R2 AU-2 CH 05 US-5 E5 R6 AU-6 CH 06 US-6 E6 R7 AU-7 CH 07 US-7 E7 R8 AU-8 CH 08 US-8 E8 R9 AU-9 CH 09 US-9 E9 CH 10 US-10 E10 R10 AU-10 CH 11 US-11 E11 R11 AU-11 CH 12 US-12 E12 R12 CH 13 US-13 CH 14 US-14, W+29 CH 15 US-15, W+30 CH 16 US-16, W+31 CH 17 US-17, W+32 CH 18 US-18, W+33 CH 19 US-19, W+34 CH 20 US-20, W+35 CH 21 US-21, W+36 E21 CH 22 US-22, W+37 E22 CH 23 US-23, W+38 E23 CH 24 US-24, W+39 E24 CH 25 US-25, W+40 E25 CH 26 US-26, W+41 E26 CH 27 US-27, W+42 E27 CH 28 US-28, W+43 E28 AU-28 CH 29 US-29, W+44 E29 AU-29 CH 30 US-30, W+45 E30 AU-30 CH 31 US-31, W+46 E31 AU-31/AU-32 CH 32 US-32, W+47 E32 AU-33
Page 56
22
V
L
RR
L
/
MONO
Y
C
B
C
R
/
V
V
S
OVER
L
R
/
MONO
OUTPUT
VIDEO-1
COMPONENT
(VIDEO-2)
INPUT
INPUT
The illustrations shown in this section are for AV-2156BE and AV­2988SE, which are used for explanation purpose. Your TV may not look exactly the same as illustrated.
Before connecting
• Read the manuals provided with the devices for the proper connection.
• Turn off all the devices including the TV.
• Note that connecting cables are not supplied.
Connecting to front video input terminals
Additional preparation
Connecting to rear component/video input terminals and output terminals
C
MENU
OK
VR
L / MONO
IN (VIDEO-3)
RVL/MONO
IN(VIDEO-3)
Front of TV
Headphones
AV-2988SE
AV-2156BE
Camcorder or TV game
When connecting to COMPONENT (VIDEO-2) input, depending on the connection, choose the appropriate video input using the menu (see “VIDEO-2 SETTING” on page 18)
Rear of TV
AV-2988SE
VCR (for playing) DVD player (composite signals)
VCR (for recording)
DVD player (component video signals)
Page 57
23
Troubleshooting
If a problem occurs when you are using the TV, check the below troubleshooting guide before calling for repair.
• Colour patches appear at the corner of the screen
• This may due to the magnetized device such as a speaker near to your TV. Keep the device apart from your TV. Alternately, you can also use the magnetic­shielded speaker.
• Picture is tilted
• This may due to the earth magnetism. Refer to “PICTURE TILT” on page 11 to correct the tilt.
• Image takes a short period to be displayed
• Image required time to stabilize before display. This is not a malfunction.
• TV may emit crackling sound
• This is due to a sudden change in temperature and it is not a malfunction. If the crackling sound is too frequent, request your service technician for inspection.
• Feel a slight electric shock when touching the TV screen
• This is due to the static electricity of the picture tube and it will not harm the human body. This is not a malfunction.
• The Auto Signal Detect function does not work
• Please check that the AUTO SIGNAL DETECT function is on or off.
• Turn the VCR or DVD player off, wait a while, then turn it on again.
• Inspect the video cable connection on VIDEO-2 that they are connected properly.
• Suddenly, a channel or input was changed to VIDEO-2 inputs.
• Some VCRs and DVD players can trigger Auto Signal Detect even after you choose a different input.
• Please turn off the AUTO SIGNAL DETECT function.
• “PLEASE DISCONNECT VIDEO-1 CABLE!” appears on the screen.
• Please disconnect either S-VIDEO cable or video input cable from Video-1 input.
• No picture, no sound •
Deactivate the BLUE BACK function if it is turned on.
• Choose the appropriate sound system. Refer to “SOUND SYSTEM” on page 14.
• Snowy picture
Check the aerial cable and its connection with the TV.
• Stripes appear on the picture
• Interference occurs caused by other devices such as an amplifi er, personal computer, or a hair drier. Move such devices away from your TV.
• Double-pictures (ghosting) occur
• Interference occurs caused by signal reflecting from mountains or building. Try to adjust the aerial’s direction or use a better directionality antenna.
• Poor picture • Choose the appropriate colour system. Refer to “COLOUR SYSTEM” on page 9.
• Adjust the COLOUR or BRIGHT setting. Refer to “PICTURE SETTING” on page 10.
• White and bright still image look as if it were coloured
• Inevitable phenomenon due to the nature of the picture tube. This is not a malfunction.
• Top of the image from software products or video tape is distorted
• This is due to the condition of the video signal whereby the image was not recorded properly. This is not a malfunction.
• Poor sound • Adjust the sound frequency properly. Refer to “EQUALIZER” on page 15.
• Stereo or bilingual
sound is unclear
• TV channel reception is poor. Change the stereo/ bilingual mode to mono sound (see page 15).
• Cannot operate the remote control
• The batteries may be exhausted. Replace with new batteries (see page 7).
• Ensure that you are operating the remote control at less than seven meters from the front of your TV.
• Cannot operate the menus
• Press TV/VIDEO button to return to TV mode and try operating the menus.
• Cannot operate the front control buttons
• Deactivate the CHILD LOCK function if it is turned on (see page 17).
Page 58
© 2006 Victor Company of Japan, Limited
0506-FLE-JMT
Specifi cations
TV RF systems
B, G, I, D, K, M
Colour systems
PAL, SECAM, NTSC 3.58 MHz, NTSC 4.43 MHz
Receiving channels
VHF low channel (VL), VHF high channel (VH), UHF channel (U) Receives cable channels in mid band, super band and hyper band.
Power requirements
For AV-25, AV-29 series: AC 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz / 60 Hz For AV-21 series: AC 110 to 240 V, 50 Hz / 60 Hz
External input / output
VIDEO-1: S-video input, VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input VIDEO-2/COMPONENT: VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input, COMPONENT VIDEO (Y/C
B/CR
) input VIDEO-3: VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input OUTPUT: VIDEO output, AUDIO L/R output Headphone jack: Stereo mini jack (3.5 mm diameter)
**Sound-multiplex systems
A2 (B/G) or NICAM (B/G, I, D/K)
**Teletext system
FLOF (Fastext), WST (World Standard Text)
**Language displayed by teletext
Please see the table in the description “TEXT LANGUAGE” on page 13.
**Depends on the models, STEREO/I
II function for the Sound-multiplex systems or Teletext function may not be available.
Please confi rm with the chart on page 3.
Design and specifi cations subject to change without notice.
Page 59
INSTRUCTIONS
GGT0116-001A-H
AV-29BS26 AV-21BS26 AV-29BX16 AV-21BX16 AV-29MS26 AV-21BX16B AV-29MX16 AV-21MS26 AV-29MX56 AV-21MX16 AV-29MX76 AV-21MX56 AV-29SS26 AV-21MX76 AV-29SX56 AV-29SX76
AV-25MS26 AV-25MX16 AV-25MX56 AV-25MX76
COLOUR TELEVISION EQUALIZER • CINEMA SURROUND • COMPONENT INPUT
Contents
Knowing your TV’s features .......................................................3
Remote control buttons and basic functions ..............................4
TV buttons and functions ............................................................ 6
Setting up your TV ......................................................................7
Basic setting for picture ..............................................................9
Advanced setting for picture ..................................................... 11
Original features for picture ......................................................12
Basic setting for sound .............................................................14
Advanced setting for sound ......................................................15
DVD Menu ................................................................................16
Customized setting ...................................................................17
TV channel presetting ..............................................................19
Additional preparation ..............................................................22
Troubleshooting ........................................................................23
Specifi cations .............................................................Back cover
Page 60
2
15 cm
10 cm 10 cm
15 cm
WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE
THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
CAUTION: TO ENSURE PERSONAL SAFETY, OBSERVE THE
FOLLOWING RULES REGARDING THE USE OF THIS TV.
1 Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV. 2 Avoid damaging the power cord and mains plug. When unplugging the
TV, grasp the mains plug. Do not pull on the power cord. 3 Never block or cover the ventilation openings. Never install the TV where good ventilation is unattainable. When installing this TV, leave spaces for ventilation around the TV of
more than the minimum distances as shown.
4 Do not allow objects or liquid into the cabinet openings. 5 In the event of a fault, unplug the unit and call a service technician.
Do not attempt to repair it yourself or remove the rear cover. 6 The surface of the TV screen is easily damaged. Be very careful with it
when handling the TV. Should the TV screen become soiled, wipe it with
a soft dry cloth. Never rub it forcefully. Never use any cleaner or detergent
on it.
7 This TV can be turned on/off power by connecting/disconnecting the AC
plug into AC outlet. While this TV is being installed, enough space should be reserved for connection/disconnecting the AC plug into AC outlet by hand.
8 The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that
no objects fi lled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
WARNING: <AV-21M, AV-25M, AV-29M, AV-21B, AV-29B Series> YOU CAN DETACH THE PROTECT SHEET ON THE TOP
AND BOTTOM OF FRONT FRAME IF YOU NEEDED.
THE FRONT BUTTON DOOR OF THE TV SHOULD BE
PULLED OUT FROM ITS BOTTOM. DO NOT PRESS THE UPPER PART, OR YOUR FINGER MAY BE PINCHED.
Thank you for buying this JVC colour television.
To make sure you understand how to use your new TV, please read this manual thoroughly before you begin.
PULL PULL
Page 61
3
Knowing your TV’s features
4
1
2
3
EXIT
5
Confi rm your TV’s functions
Some functions written in this instruction manual may not be available for your TV. Please see the chart below and check the functions that are equipped for your TV’s model number. The model number is indicated at the rear of your TV. When you press a button concerned to a function that is not available for your TV, it does not work and the logo “Ø” appears on the screen.
NO.
Model No.
Function
AV-29BS26
AV-29BX16
AV-29MX16
AV-29MS26
AV-29SS26
AV-29MX56
AV-29SX56
AV-29MX76
AV-29SX76
AV-25MS26
AV-25MX16
AV-25MX56
AV-25MX76
AV-21BS26
AV-21BX16
AV-21BX16B
AV-21MS26
AV-21MX16
AV-21MX56
AV-21MX76
1
(STEREO/I
II)
O—— O — O ——— O — O ———
2,3
PIP control buttons (Green label)
——— — O O ——OO— — ——OO
4,3
TELETEXT control buttons (Black label)
O—— O O O——O O — O——O
PICTURE TILT
O O O O O O ————— — ————
MaxxBass
——O O O O OOOO—— OOOO
5
AI ECO SENSOR
——O O O O OOOO—— OOOO
5
ECO MODE
O O — — — ———— O O ————
Main features
DVD MENU Just connect DVD player to the television. The television will detect DVD signal and display
picture on the screen automatically and you can adjust pictures and sound while you are watching DVD as your desire. When disconnect DVD player, the television will display the previous channel.
MaxxBass MaxxBass enhances bass sound that cannot be reproduced by normal speakers to be
heard by our ears.
PIP (Picture In Picture) You can view two screens ( Main picture and Sub picture ) at the same time. TELETEXT You can view teletext programmes which are broadcasted by some TV channels. Teletext
programme is an infromation in text form.
FAVORITE CH (Channel) You can register up to four favorite channels for quick recall with one press. A2/NICAM
(STEREO / I.II)
You can listen the stereo sound or billingal sound from TV programme broadcasting by A2 or NICAM Sound-multiplex system.
AI ECO SENSOR TV detects the brightness of your room and automatically adjust the picture brightness to
a suitable level for a better eyecare.
ECO MODE You can adjust TV screen contrast according to the brightness of your room to suitable
level for a better eyecare.
AI VOLUME TV adjusts the volume automatically to the same level for all TV channels to avoid sudden
change of the volume when selecting different TV channels or selecting Video Mode.
TINT You can adjust TINT setting for all colour systems, including PAL.
Page 62
4
Remote control buttons and basic functions
1
6
3
7
9
5
8
2
! 4
EXIT
"
No. Press To
1
POWER Turn on or off the TV from standby mode.
2
MENU/OK Display menu and confi rm selected function.
3
5 / / 2 / 3 Select and adjust menu function.
4
CHANNEL -/+ Select the desired channel number.
5
VOLUME -/+ Adjust the volume level.
6
TV/VIDEO EXIT
Select TV or video terminal input. On the other hand, you can use this button to EXIT from the menu.
7
MUTING Turn off the volume.
Press this button again to resume the volume.
8
DISPLAY /BACK
Display the programme number or video terminal number, stereo/bilingual broadcast system and PR list (channel list) on the screen. You can select the channel using the PR list.
1 Press the DISPLAY button once to display the PR list. 2 Press 5 / / 2 / 3 buttons to choose a channel, then press the MENU/OK button.
You can confi rm the favorite channels in the PR list. The channels set to favorite channels are indicated with coloured mark.
On the other hand, you can use this button to return to the previous menu.
9
0~9, -/-- Select the programme number. For two digits programme number, press -/--, then press the
number button.
!
RETURN+ a) Return to the frequently view channel with one touch.
1 Choose the channel you want to register. 2 Press and hold RETURN+ button until “RETURN PLUS PROGRAMMED!” appears.
To cancel, press and hold RETURN+ button until “RETURN PLUS CANCELED!” appears. b) Return to the previously viewed channel, if you have not set or have cancelled the Return
channel as above.
"
FAVORITE CHANNEL
(colour buttons: red, green, yellow, blue)
Register and recall 4 favorite channels.
1. Choose the TV channel you want to register then press and hold a colour button until “PROGRAMMED! " appears.
2. To register other favorite channels, repeat step 1.
To recall the favorite channel, press the corresponding colour button. When the TV is in Text function or MENU mode, the favorite channel function is not available. When the TV is in PIP function, the favorite channel function cannot register but can recall the favorite channel.
Page 63
5
Remote control buttons and basic functions (continued)
The following chart shows locations of functions in menus. In this manual, location of a function is described as follows:
Note: Some functions have the 4th menus as the sub-menus.
How to operate menus and menus locations
To Operation Note
Display the MENU
Press the MENU/OK button 2. PICTURE MENU is displayed on rst press.
To exit the MENU, press the DISPLAY/ BACK button 8 or choose EXIT menu or TV/VIDEO/EXIT button 6.
Choose a Top menu
Press 2/3 buttons 3 to choose a menu title when the cursor is pointing at MENU.
Choose a 2nd menu
Press 5/ buttons 3 to choose a 2nd menu title.
Press button 3 to display the next functions.
Display the 3rd menu
Press 5/ buttons 3 to choose a 2nd menu title. Then press MENU/ OK button 2.
Return to the previous menu
Press the DISPLAY/BACK button
8.
Choose the setting of a function
Press 5/ buttons 3 to choose a function. Then press the 2/3 buttons 3 to change the setting.
Press the TV/ VIDEO/ EXIT button 6 to exit from the menu.
Adjust the effect level of a function
Press 5/ buttons 3 to choose a function. Then press the 2/3 buttons 3 to adjust the effect level.
Display the sub menu of a function.
Press the 5/ ∞ buttons 3 to choose a function. Then press MENU/OK button 2 to display the sub menu.
MENU
Top menu
2nd menu
Top menu 3rd menuMENU 2nd menu
Top menu 2nd menu Location 3nd menu Location
MENU
PICTURE PICTURE MODE P.9
PICTURE SETTING P.10 CONTRAST P.10
BRIGHT P.10 SHARP P.10 COLOUR P.10
TINT P.10 WHITE BALANCE P.10 – VNR P.17
SOUND
STEREO/
I■II
P. 1 5 ––
AI VOLUME P.15 –– SOUND MODE P.14 –– EQUALIZER P.15 –– BALANCE P.14 –– CINEMA SURROUND
P.15 ––
MaxxBass P.15 ––
FEATURES DVD MENU P.16
AUTO SIGNAL DETECT
P.16
DVD PICTURE MODE
P.16
DVD THEATER STATUS
P.16
DVD SOUND MODE
P.16
ON TIMER P.17 PR P.17
ON TIMER P.17 OFF TIMER P.17 –– CHILD LOCK P.17 –– COMPRESS (16:9)
P.11 –– AI ECO SENSOR/ ECO MODE
P.11 ––
INSTALL AUTO PROGRAM P.19 ––
EDIT/MANUAL P.19 DELETE, MOVE,
MANUAL, INSERT
P.19­P.20
COLOUR SYSTEM P.9 –– LANGUAGE P.17 LANGUAGE P.17 TEXT LANGUAGE P.13 TEXT LANGUAGE P.13 VIDEO-2 SETTING P.18 –– BLUE BACK P.11 –– PICTURE TILT P.11 –– BEEP P.18 ––
Page 64
6
TV buttons and functions
The illustrations shown below is for AV-21BS26 and AV-29SS26 only, which are used for explanation purpose. Your TV may not look exactly the same as illustrated.
POWER
TV/VIDEO
MENU/OK
CHANNEL
VOLUME
RVL/MONO
IN(VIDEO-3)
Front of the TV
AV-29SS26
Rear of the TV
AV-29SS26
POWER
VOLUME
CHANNEL
MENU
OK
VR
L / MONO
IN (VIDEO-3)
6
,22,
-/./
9
#
"
#
2
6
6
3
/6%2
,
2
-/./
/54054
6)$%/
#/-0/.%.4
6)$%/
).054
).054
AV-21BS26
No. Button/terminal Description Page
1
L (main power)
Press to turn on or turn off the TV’s main power.
2
POWER lamp Indicate the TV’s status.
No colour : TV’s main power is being turned off. Red : TV’s main power is being turned on. Blink :
While the TV is in standby mode, ON TIMER funciton is in used. While the TV is in turn on mode , OFF TIMER function is in used. Note: When you turn off the power switch while TV is in standby mode, the power lamp will go off in 10 -15 seconds. When you operate the TV, POWER Lamp will be blink.
3
ECO sensor
4
Remote control sensor
5
TV/VIDEO
Press to select TV or Video terminal input or exit from menu.
6
VOLUME -/+ Press to adjust the volume level.
7
CHANNEL -/+
Press to select the desired channel (Both of RF and Video input.)
8
MENU/OK Press to display the menu.
9
IN (VIDEO-3) Video and audio input jacks for VIDEO-3 mode. 22
!
Headphone jack. 22
"
Aerial socket. 7
#
OUTPUT Video and audio output jacks. (The component video
signal cannot be output.)
22
$
COMPONENT (VIDEO-2) INPUT
Video or component video, and audio input jacks for VIDEO-2 mode. You can select the input signal by setting the “VIDEO-2 SETTING” function (see page 18).
22
%
VIDEO-1 INPUT
Video or S-VIDEO, and audio input jacks for VIDEO-1 mode. 7
How to operate the menus with the TV button
TV button
Work as same as the button on the remote control unit
Note
MENU MENU/OK button To display main menu and exit menu after
nish setting. CHANNEL -/+ /5 button To select menu function. VOLUME -/+ 2/3 button To choose a Top menu and adjust the
desired menu function.
Page 65
7
2 Connecting the main plug to the AC outlet.
Setting up your TV
CAUTION
• Turn off the equipment including the TV before connecting.
VHF/UHF outdoor aerial
75-ohm coaxial cable (not supplied)
1 Connecting the aerial cable.
3 Inserting batteries into the remote control.
Insert two batteries by following the + and - polarities
and inserting the - end fi rst.
CAUTION:
Follow the cautions printed on the batteries. Notes:
• Use AA/R6/UM-3 dry cell batteries.
• If the remote control does not work properly, fi t new batteries. The supplied batteries are for testing, not regular use.
4 Turn on the TV by pressing the main power button.
JVC logo appears on the screen.
V
LRRL
/
MONO
Y
C
B
C
R
/
V
V
S
OVER
L
R
/
MONO
OUTPUT
VIDEO-1
COMPONENT
(VIDEO-2)
INPUT
INPUT
Rear of TV
AV-21BS26
VHF/UHF outdoor aerial
VCR
If you connect a VCR, connect the aerial output jack of your VCR and the aerial jack on the TV with aerial cable. Then connect the output jacks of your VCR and the VIDEO-1 input jacks of the TV with the video cable (or S-VIDEO cable if available) and audio cables. For details, see the manual of your VCR.
The illustration shown is just a sample. It may not be same as your TV.
JVC logo will appear on the screen again at the phase of “SETUP TOUR RESTART?” function. Then the initial setting can be performed according to page 8.
Note:
While in the INSTALL menu with the cursor pointing at INSTALL, pressing the blue button will also display the JVC logo.
Page 66
8
5 Making the initial settings
Set up your TV by pressing MENU/OK button or waiting for 15 seconds, then operate the TV by following the steps
below:
• Press 5/∞ button to select your desired language*.
• Press 5/∞ button to select your desired Teletext language group*. For details, see page 13. (For BS26/MS26/ SS26/MX76/SX76 series only)
• TV will start searching for the channels.
To stop AUTO
PROGRAM, press MENU/OK button.
Setting up your TV (continued)
• To complete the initial setting, press the MENU/OK button. To edit the channel list, see page 19.
* If the TEXT function is available for your TV and the LANGUAGE shown follow as ENGLISH/кмллдав/ / /FRANÇAIS, you
can select the TEXT LANGUAGE group from GROUP-1 to GROUP-4.
If the TEXT function is available for your TV and the LANGUAGE shown follow as ENGLISH/кмллдав/
/MELAYU/INDONESIA,
you can select the TEXT LANGUAGE group from GROUP-1 to GROUP-3.
• “SETUP TOUR RESTART?” will be displayed.
Press the MENU/OK
button to cancel the SETUP TOUR RESTART function.
If you want to make
initial settings again when the next time you turn on the TV, press the Red button to activate the SETUP TOUR RESTART function.
LANGUAGE TEXT LANGUAGE
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
TEXT LANGUAGE
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
AUTO PROGRAM
MENU : OK
22%
EDIT
MENU : OK
MOVE
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
PR CH/CC AV 1 CH 04 2 CH 76 3 CH 78 4 CH 05 5 CH 28
3
6 CH 10
AUTO PROGRAM
MENU : NO
SETUP TOUR RESTART?
: YES
GROUP–1
GROUP–2
GROUP–3
GROUP–4
ENGLISH
кмллдав
FRANÇAIS
When turn on the TV at the next time
Page 67
9
COLOUR SYSTEM
You can select the appropriate colour system when the picture is not clear or no colour appears. Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to select a setting.
To operate this function with a menu:
For the colour system in each country or region, see the table below:
PICTURE MODE
You can choose the desired picture setting with one-touch. Press the PICTURE MODE button to select a setting.
SOFT Softens contrast and sharpness.
BRIGHT Heightens contrast and sharpness.
STANDARD Standard picture setting.
USER You can change this picture setting as you like.
Select USER and adjust following items in the PICTURE SETTING menu. (CONTRAST, BRIGHT, SHARP, COLOUR, TINT)
When you select VIDEO-2 Mode, you cannot adjust SHARP. When you set DVD THEATER STATUS in DVD MENU to ON, you cannot adjust PICTURE MODE.
To operate this function with a menu:
To return the USER setting to default, press the blue button when the PICTURE SETTING menu is displayed.
Basic setting for picture
AUTO PAL SECAM NTSC3.58
NTSC4.43
MENU INSTALL menu COLOUR SYSTEM
MENU
PICTURE menu
PICTURE MODE
Area Country or Region System
Asia, Middle East
Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc. Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, India, etc.
PAL
China, Vietnam, etc. PAL
Hong Kong, etc. PAL
Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, etc. SECAM
Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc. NTSC
Europe
Russia, etc. SECAM
Czech Republic, Poland, etc. PAL
Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc. PAL
UK, etc. PAL
Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc. PAL
Africa
Republic of South Africa, etc. PAL
Nigeria, etc. PAL
Egypt, Morocco, etc. SECAM
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 68
10
PICTURE SETTING
You can adjust the desired picture setting when selecting USER in PICTURE MODE.
1 Select USER in PICTURE MODE under PICTURE menu.
2 Select PICTURE SETTING in PICTURE menu, then adjust the
setting.
CONTRAST 2 : Lower contrast 3 : Higher contrast
BRIGHT 2 : Darker 3 : Brighter
SHARP 2 : Softer 3 : Higher
COLOUR 2 : Lighter 3 : Deeper
TINT 2 : Reddish 3 : Greenish
When you select VIDEO-2 Mode, you cannot adjust SHARP.
Basic setting for picture (continued)
WHITE BALANCE
You can change the white balance of the picture to better match the type of video being viewed. Select WHITE BALANCE in the PICTURE menu, then choose the desired setting.
NORMAL Normal white balance.
COOL Bluish white.
WARM Reddish white.
When you set DVD THEATER STATUS in DVD MENU to ON, you cannot adjust WHITE BALANCE.
MENU PICTURE menu WHITE BALANCE
MENU
PICTURE menu PICTURE MODE
USER
MENU
PICTURE menu
PICTURE SETTING
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 69
11
AI ECO SENSOR (ECO)/ECO MODE
You can adjust TV screen contrast according to the brightness of your room.
Press the ECO button to select the desired mode.
OFF Cancel the function. MODE-1/ECO-1 Mild contrast (recommended.) MODE-2/ECO-2 Even contrast. DISPLAY (for AI ECO SENSOR only)
Display the graphic of the function.
To operate this function with a menu:
When you set DVD THEATER STATUS in DVD MENU to ON, you cannot adjust AI ECO SENSOR / ECO MODE. Note : AI ECO SENSOR for M and S series. ECO MODE for B series.
Correcting the Slanting Picture (PICTURE TILT)
You can correct the picture tilt caused by the earth’s magnetic force.
1 Select PICTURE TILT in the INSTALL menu, then press MENU/
OK button.
The following display appears.
2 Press the 5/ buttons until the picture becomes level. Then
press the MENU/OK button.
COMPRESS (16:9)
You can convert a normal picture (4:3 aspect ratio) into a wide picture (16:9 aspect ratio). Select COMPRESS (16:9) in the FEATURES menu, then choose ON or OFF.
BLUE BACK
You can set the TV to automatically change to a blue screen and mute the sound if the signal is weak or absent, or when there is no input from an antenna.
Select BLUE BACK in the INSTALL menu, then choose ON or OFF.
If you wish to continue viewing the poor picture, off the BLUE BACK function.
Advanced setting for picture
PICTURE TILT
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
MENU INSTALL menu
PICTURE TILT
MENU INSTALL menu BLUE BACK
MENU
FEATURES menu
COMPRESS (16:9)
MENU
FEATURES menu
AI ECO SENSOR / ECO MODE
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 70
12
PIP Display the sub picture.
To cancel, press the PIP button again.
Notes:
• You can hear the sound from the main picture only.
When main picture and sub picture are the same TV channel.
Press SUB-P -/+
Main picture will be changed TV channel follow as sub picture.
Press
( Input )
To change sub picture to video mode.
Press CHANNEL -/+
Sub picture will be changed TV channel follow as Main picture.
Press CHANNEL -/+
Until main picture change to video mode.
SUB-P -/+ Select the desired TV channel for sub picture.
(Input)
Select the input source for the sub picture.
(Swap)
Swap between the main picture and sub picture.
(Position)
Change the sub picture position. Each time you press the (Position) button, the sub picture position will change as follows:
lower right lower left upper left
upper right
(Freeze)
Freeze the sub picture.
When VIDEO-2 is set to component, you cannot select VIDEO-2 for sub picture. If the main picture input source is VIDEO-2 with component, the PIP function is disabled.
PIP
You can display a sub picture within the main picture on the screen. Press the PIP operation buttons to display and change the sub picture setting.
Original features for picture
TELETEXT
You can watch the Teletext broadcast channel with TEXT function.
1 Press the TEXT button to select the desired mode as follows:
2 Press the CHANNEL -/+ buttons, number buttons or colour
buttons to select other Teletext pages.
3 Press TEXT or TV/VIDEO button to return to TV mode.
You can also operate the teletext using the following buttons:
(Hold)
Hold a teletext page. The (Hold) icon is displayed at the top left of the screen. To cancel, press (Hold) button again.
(Reveal)
Display the hidden text (e.g. answers to a quiz). To cancel, press (Reveal) button again.
(Size)
Enlarge the teletext display.
(Index)
Return to the index page instantly.
(Cancel)
Watch TV programme while waiting for a teletext page. When the teletext page is found, a page number appears at the upper left of the screen. Press (Cancel)
button
to view the teletext page.
(Sub-page)
Operate the (Sub-page) function. Sub-page numbers are displayed at the left of the screen. To cancel sub-page function, press (Sub-page) button again.
TV mode TEXT twin mode TEXT mode
Page 71
13
Original features for picture (continued)
TEXT LANGUAGE
You can set the Teletext language group that corresponds to the programmes. Select TEXT LANGUAGE in the INSTALL menu, then choose the desired language group.
GROUP-1 English, German, Swedish, Finnish, Danish, Hungarian,
Italian, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Turkish
GROUP-2 Polish, German, Estonian, Slovenian, Czech, Slovakian,
Rumanian
GROUP-3 Polish, German, Estonian, Lettish, Russian, Ukrainian
GROUP-4 English, Polish, French, Turkish, Arabic, Farsi
Depending on the broadcast, the language set may not display properly. For details, refer to page 8.
MENU INSTALL menu TEXT LANGUAGE
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 72
14
SOUND SYSTEM
You can select an appropriate sound system when abnormal sound occurs even when the picture appears normally. Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to select a setting.
This function is not available in video mode. For the sound system in each country or region, see the table below:
Basic setting for sound
B/G I D/K M
SOUND MODE
You can choose the desired sound setting. Select the SOUND MODE in SOUND menu, then choose the setting.
USER You can change this sound setting as you like.
Select USER and adjust the frequencies in EQUALIZER (100, 300, 1K, 3K, 8K Hz). For details, see “EQUALIZER” on page 15.
SOUND TURBO
Emphasize on low and high frequency levels.
THEATER
Emphasize on movie sound.
MUSIC Emphasize on music effect.
NEWS Emphasize on vocal sound.
When you select VIDEO-2, you cannot adjust SOUND MODE function. You can adjust it in DVD Menu.
When SOUND MODE is set to SOUND TURBO, EQUALIZER, CINEMA SURROUND and MaxxBass functions are not available.
BALANCE
You can adjust the volume balance between the left and right speakers. Select BALANCE in SOUND menu, then adjust the setting.
MENU SOUND menu SOUND MODE
MENU SOUND menu BALANCE
Area Country or Region System
Asia, Middle East
Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc. Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, India, etc.
B/G
China, Vietnam, etc. D/K
Hong Kong, etc. I
Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, etc. B/G
Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc. M
Europe
Russia, etc. D/K
Czech Republic, Poland, etc. D/K
Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc. B/G
UK, etc. I
Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc. B/G
Africa
Republic of South Africa, etc. I
Nigeria, etc. B/G
Egypt, Morocco, etc. B/G
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 73
15
CINEMA SURROUND
You can enjoy an enhanced sound for wider audience. Press the CINEMA SURROUND button to select a setting.
OFF Cancel the function. ON Listen to sound with wider audience effect.
This function is not available when SOUND MODE is set to SOUND TURBO. To operate this function with a menu:
STEREO / I■II ( )
You can enjoy the stereo and bilingual broadcasted programmes. Press the button to select the desired mode.
Select stereo sound. Select monaural sound.
I
Select bilingual I (sub I).
II
Select bilingual II (sub II).
This function is not available in video mode. To operate this function with a menu:
Advanced setting for sound
EQUALIZER
You can adjust the sound level of each frequencies when selecting USER mode in SOUND MODE.
1 Select USER in SOUND MODE under SOUND menu.
2 Select EQUALIZER in SOUND menu.
The following display appears.
3 Select and adjust the desired frequencies. 4 Press the MENU/OK button to exit the menu.
Adjust high frequency will affect higher pitch sound and vice versa. When you select VIDEO-2, you cannot adjust EQUALIZER.
AI VOLUME
You can adjust the volume of all the channels and video inputs to the same level automatically depends on the strength of signal of the sources. Select AI VOLUME in SOUND menu, then choose ON or OFF.
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
IIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIII
100 300 1K 3K 8K Hz
EQUALIZER
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
MENU SOUND menu CINEMA SURROUND
MENU SOUND menu STEREO / I■II
MENU
SOUND menu
SOUND MODE
USER
MENU
SOUND menu
EQUALIZER
MENU SOUND menu AI VOLUME
MaxxBass
You can enjoy an enhanced bass sound which cannot be reproduced by normal speakers. Select MaxxBass in SOUND menu, then choose the desired setting.
OFF MaxxBass is turned off. HIGH MaxxBass effect is high. LOW MaxxBass effect is low.
MENU SOUND menu MaxxBass
This function is not available when SOUND MODE is set to SOUND TURBO. “MaxxBass” is a registered trademark of Waves Audio Ltd. in the USA, Japan and other countries.
Page 74
16
DVD Menu
AUTO SIGNAL DETECT
When the DVD input signal is detected, the input mode will be changed to VIDEO-2 automatically. And when the DVD input signal is not detected, the input mode will be changed to RF previous input mode.
Select AUTO SIGNAL DETECT in DVD MENU under FEATURES menu then choose ON or OFF (Factory setting is ON).
Press the “POWER ON” button on the DVD players or VCRs (follow by the “PLAY” button for VCRs) so that the signal can be detected.
DVD PICTURE MODE
You can enhance the picture quality of the DVD or VIDEO-2. Select DVD PICTURE MODE in DVD MENU under FEATURES menu, then choose the desired setting.
OFF Cancel the function. CLEAR-1
Select when the disc is with lots of noise (To soften the picture).
CLEAR-2
Select when the disc is with less noise (To sharpen the picture).
DVD THEATER STATUS
You can enjoy an enhanced picture quality for movie playback in a dark room, like watching a movie in the theater.
Select DVD THEATER STATUS in DVD MENU under FEATURES menu, then choose ON or OFF.
ON Enjoy movie playback with suitable colour temperature, sharp
subtitles and improved gradation for black, like in a theater.
OFF
Cancel the function.
When you set DVD THEATER STATUS to ON, PICTURE MODE, WHITE BALANCE and AI ECO SENSOR / ECO MODE functions are not available.
DVD SOUND MODE
You can choose different sound setting for viewing different types of DVD content.
Select DVD SOUND MODE in DVD MENU under FEATURES menu, then choose the desired setting.
MUSIC Select when watching a music concert.
USER
Select if you want to adjust the sound setting to your preference.
THEATER
Select when watching an action movie.
DRAMA
Select when watching a drama movie.
MENU
FEATURES menu
DVD MENU
AUTO SIGNAL DETECT
DVD PICTURE MODE
MENU FEATURES menu
DVD MENU
DVD THEATER STATUS
MENU
FEATURES menu
DVD MENU
DVD SOUND MODE
MENU
FEATURES menu
DVD MENU
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 75
17
Customized setting
VNR
You can reduce the picture noise. Select VNR in PICTURE menu, then choose a setting of VNR function.
OFF VNR is turned off. AUTO Effect of VNR is automatically controlled. MIN Effect of VNR becomes minimum level. MAX Effect of VNR becomes maximum level.
If you select MAX, the picture becomes softer even if the original picture is sharp. When you select VIDEO-2, you cannot adjust VNR function.
LANGUAGE
You can choose your desired on screen display language. Select LANGUAGE in the INSTALL menu, then choose a language.
CHILD LOCK
You can disable the front control buttons of the TV. Select CHILD LOCK in the FEATURES menu, then choose ON or OFF.
ON TIMER
You can set the TV to turn on automatically from standby mode at a set channel and time.
1
Select ON TIMER in the FEATURE menu.
The following display appears.
MENU INSTALL menu LANGUAGE
MENU PICTURE menu
VNR
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
OFF TIMER
You can set the TV to turn off automatically to standby mode after a set time. Press the OFF TIMER button to select a desired period of time.
You can set the period of time to a maximum of 120 minutes in 10 minute intervals.
To operate this function with a menu:
When the remaining elapse time is one minute, “GOOD NIGHT!” appears on the screen. You can display the OFF TIMER menu again to confi rm or change the remaining time.
MENU FEATURES menu OFF TIMER
MENU
FEATURES menu
CHILD LOCK
2 Choose the PR (channel) by pressing the 2/3 button.
External input, AV position and any un-preset channel cannot be
chosen for PR.
3 Set the ON TIMER to your desired period of time by pressing the
2/3 button. ON TIMER starts. You can set the period of time to
a maximum of 12 hours in 15-minute intervals. To off the ON TIMER, set the ON TIMER to OFF. Note : If TV is not in standby mode when ON TIMER is reach the setting time, this case is not available.
PR 01
00:15
ON TIMER
ON TIMER
MENU : OK DISPLAY : BACK TV/VIDEO : EXIT
MENU FEATURES menu
ON TIMER
Page 76
18
Customized setting (continued)
DISPLAY
You can display the programme number, video terminal number and PR list on the screen. Press the DISPLAY button to select the desired mode:
Choose a TV channel or a VIDEO terminal.
1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the PR LIST. 2 Select a programme number or video terminal by pressing the
5/ button to move up/down on the programme number or press the 2/3 button to skip for each 7 programme numbers, then press MENU/OK button.
ON OFF PR LIST
PR CH/CC V1 V2 V3 AV 1 2 3
CH 09 CC 76 CC 78
PR LIST
MENU : OK
-7 +7
VIDEO-2 SETTING
You can set the VIDEO-2 SETTING according to the video signal output from external devices connected to the VIDEO-2 terminal. Select VIDEO-2 SETTING in INSTALL menu, then choose a setting (Factory setting is COMPONENT).
MENU INSTALL menu VIDEO-2 SETTING
VIDEO
If a normal video signal (composite video signal) is input.
COMPONENT If a component video signal (Y/CB/CR) is input.
You must choose a setting according to the signal that you input to VIDEO-2. (If you input the VIDEO Signal or VCR Signal to VIDEO-2, you must set VIDEO-2 SETTING to VIDEO.)
For connecting methods, see “Additional Preparation” on page 22.
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
BEEP
You can use the BEEP function to alert you during DVD AUTO SIGNAL DETECT, AI ECO SENSOR Detect, Stereo Detect, ON TIMER/OFF TIMER operations and when some buttons on the remote control are pressed. Select BEEP in the INSTALL menu, then choose ON or OFF.
When the volume is level 0, then BEEP function is not available.
MENU
INSTALL menu
BEEP
Page 77
19
To register the TV channels automatically (AUTO PROGRAM)
You can register the TV channels into the TV’s channel list automatically.
1 Display the INSTALL menu.
2 Choose AUTO PROGRAM, then press the MENU/OK button.
AUTO PROGRAM function starts, and the channels received are
registered in the channel list (PR LIST) automatically.
3 The EDIT menu appears.
To edit the channel list Proceed to Step 3 of “To edit the channel list
(PR LIST)” on page 20.
If a channel is not registered
Proceed to Step 3 of “To register the TV channels manually” on this page.
To exit the menu Press the MENU/OK button.
To register the TV channels manually (MANUAL in the EDIT menu)
You can register the TV channels into the TV’s channel list manually.
1 Display the INSTALL menu.
TV channel presetting
2 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then press the MENU/OK button.
EDIT menu appears.
3 Choose the channel which you want to register. 4 Press the blue button to activate the MANUAL function.
The sound system of the channel appears at the right of the
CH/CC number.
5 Press the 3 button to choose an appropriate sound system.
For details, see “SOUND SYSTEM” on page 14.
6 Press the green or red button to search for the TV channel.
Searching stops when a channel is found and displayed.
7 Repeat step 5 until your desired TV channel appears.
If the reception is poor Press the blue or yellow button to fi ne tune
the TV channel.
If noisy sound is heard Press the 3 button to choose an appropriate
sound system.
8 Press the MENU/OK button to exit the menu.
EDIT
MENU : OK
MOVE
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
PR CH/CC AV 1 CH 04 2 CH 76 3 CH 78 4 CH 05 5 CH 28
3
6 CH 10
MENU INSTALL menu
MENU INSTALL menu
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 78
20
To add in the new channel (INSERT in the EDIT menu)
You can add in new channels in the TV channel list as you like. You need to fi nd the “CH/CC” number for the TV channel. Find the “CH/CC” number corresponding to the channel number of the TV channel from “CH/CC number list” on page 21.
1 Display the INSTALL menu.
2 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then press the MENU/OK button.
EDIT menu appears.
3 Choose the PR number for which you will register a new TV
channel. When you add a new TV channel of NTSC-M system, press the SOUND SYSTEM button to change the sound system to M. Then proceed to the next step.
4 Press the green button, then press 3 button to choose “CC” or
“CH”.
5 Press the number button to enter the CH/CC number for the TV
channel you wish to add.
The TV starts to search the TV channel, and the picture of the TV
channel appears. If the TV fi nds no TV channel, a noisy picture
appears. When a TV channel has already been registered in PR99, using the INSERT function deletes that TV channel.
TV channel presetting (continued)
To edit the channel list (PR LIST) (MOVE and DELETE in the EDIT menu)
You can edit the TV channel list as you like. Note: After this operation, other channel’s PR numbers will be changed.
1 Display the INSTALL menu.
2 Choose EDIT/MANUAL, then press the MENU/OK button.
EDIT menu appears.
3 Choose the channel which you want to change its PR number,
or delete.
4 Do the following action:
To change the PR number (MOVE)
Press the 3 button. Then move it to the new PR number you want to use for the channel by pressing the 5/∞ button. Finally press the 2 button.
To delete the channel (DELETE)
Press the yellow button.
5 Press the MENU/OK button to exit the menu.
EDIT
MENU : OK
MOVE
INSERT
DELETE
MANUAL
PR CH/CC AV 1 CH 04 2 CH 76 3 CH 78 4 CH 05 5 CH 28
3
6 CH 10
MENU INSTALL menu
MENU INSTALL menu
About the basic operations of the menu, please see the “How to
operate menus and menus locations” on page 5.
Page 79
21
TV channel presetting (continued)
CH/CC number
When you want to use the INSERT function on page 20, find the CH/CC number corresponding to the channel number of the TV channel from this table.
Channel No. Country
US United States, Philippines, etc..
CCIR
Middle East, Southeast Asia, etc..
OIRT Eastern Europe, Russia, Vietnam,
etc..
AUSTRALIA Australia, etc..
Channel
CC US CCIR OIRT AUSTRALIA
CC 18 E S-18 CC 19 F S-19 CC 20 G S-20 CC 21 H S-21 CC 22 I S-22 CC 23 J S-23 CC 24 K S-24 CC 25 L S-25 CC 26 M S-26 CC 27 N S-27 CC 28 O S-28 CC 29 P S-29 CC 30 Q S-30 CC 31 R S-31 CC 32 S S-32 CC 33 T S-33 CC 34 U S-34 CC 35 V S-35 CC 36 W S-36 CC 37 W+1 S-37 CC 38 W+2 S-38 CC 39 W+3 S-39 CC 40 W+4 S-40 CC 41 W+5 S-41 CC 42 W+6 CC 43 W+7 CC 44 W+8 CC 45 W+9 CC 46 W+10 CC 47 W+11 CC 48 W+12 CC 49 W+13 CC 50 W+14 CC 51 W+15 CC 52 W+16 CC 53 W+17 CC 54 W+18 CC 55 W+19 CC 56 W+20 CC 57 W+21 CC 58 W+22 CC 59 W+23 CC 60 W+24 CC 61 W+25 CC 62 W+26 CC 63 W+27 CC 64 W+28 CC 75 X CC 76 Y R3 CC 77 Z R4 AU-3 CC 78 Z+1 R5 CC 79 Z+2 AU-4 CC 95 A-5 CC 96 A-4 CC 97 A-3 CC 98 A-2 CC 99 A-1
CH US CCIR OIRT AUSTRALIA
CH 33 US-33, W+48 E33 AU-34 CH 34 US-34, W+49 E34 AU-35 CH 35 US-35, W+50 E35 AU-36 CH 36 US-36, W+51 E36 AU-37 CH 37 US-37, W+52 E37 AU-38 CH 38 US-38, W+53 E38 AU-39/AU-40 CH 39 US-39, W+54 E39 AU-41 CH 40 US-40, W+55 E40 AU-42 CH 41 US-41, W+56 E41 AU-43 CH 42 US-42, W+57 E42 AU-44 CH 43 US-43, W+58 E43 AU-45 CH 44 US-44, W+59 E44 AU-46 CH 45 US-45, W+60 E45 AU-47/AU-48 CH 46 US-46, W+61 E46 AU-49 CH 47 US-47, W+62 E47 AU-50 CH 48 US-48, W+63 E48 AU-51 CH 49 US-49, W+64 E49 AU-52 CH 50 US-50, W+65 E50 AU-53 CH 51 US-51, W+66 E51 AU-54 CH 52 US-52, W+67 E52 AU-55/AU-56 CH 53 US-53, W+68 E53 AU-57 CH 54 US-54, W+69 E54 AU-58 CH 55 US-55, W+70 E55 AU-59 CH 56 US-56, W+71 E56 AU-60 CH 57 US-57, W+72 E57 AU-61 CH 58 US-58, W+73 E58 AU-62 CH 59 US-59, W+74 E59 AU-63/AU-64 CH 60 US-60, W+75 E60 AU-65 CH 61 US-61, W+76 E61 AU-66 CH 62 US-62, W+77 E62 AU-67 CH 63 US-63, W+78 E63 AU-68 CH 64 US-64, W+79 E64 AU-69 CH 65 US-65, W+80 E65 CH 66 US-66, W+81 E66 CH 67 US-67, W+82 E67 CH 68 US-68, W+83 E68 CH 69 US-69, W+84 E69
CC US CCIR OIRT AUSTRALIA
CC 01 S-1 AU-5 CC 02 S-2 CC 03 S-3 CC 04 S-4 CC 05 S-5 CC 06 S-6 AU-5A CC 07 S-7 CC 08 S-8 CC 09 S-9 CC 10 S-10 CC 11 S-11 CC 12 S-12 CC 13 S-13 CC 14 A S-14 CC 15 B S-15 CC 16 C S-16 CC 17 D S-17
CH US CCIR OIRT AUSTRALIA
CH 02 US-2 E2 R1 AU-0 CH 03 US-3 E3 AU-1 CH 04 US-4 E4 R2 AU-2 CH 05 US-5 E5 R6 AU-6 CH 06 US-6 E6 R7 AU-7 CH 07 US-7 E7 R8 AU-8 CH 08 US-8 E8 R9 AU-9 CH 09 US-9 E9 CH 10 US-10 E10 R10 AU-10 CH 11 US-11 E11 R11 AU-11 CH 12 US-12 E12 R12 CH 13 US-13 CH 14 US-14, W+29 CH 15 US-15, W+30 CH 16 US-16, W+31 CH 17 US-17, W+32 CH 18 US-18, W+33 CH 19 US-19, W+34 CH 20 US-20, W+35 CH 21 US-21, W+36 E21 CH 22 US-22, W+37 E22 CH 23 US-23, W+38 E23 CH 24 US-24, W+39 E24 CH 25 US-25, W+40 E25 CH 26 US-26, W+41 E26 CH 27 US-27, W+42 E27 CH 28 US-28, W+43 E28 AU-28 CH 29 US-29, W+44 E29 AU-29 CH 30 US-30, W+45 E30 AU-30 CH 31 US-31, W+46 E31 AU-31/AU-32 CH 32 US-32, W+47 E32 AU-33
Page 80
22
V
L
RR
L
/
MONO
Y
C
B
C
R
/
V
V
S
OVER
L
R
/
MONO
OUTPUT
VIDEO-1
COMPONENT
(VIDEO-2)
INPUT
INPUT
The illustrations shown in this section are for AV-21BS26 and AV­29SS26 only, which are used for explanation purpose. Your TV may not look exactly the same as illustrated.
Before connecting
• Read the manuals provided with the devices for the proper connection.
• Turn off all the devices including the TV.
• Note that connecting cables are not supplied.
Connecting to front video input terminals
Additional preparation
Connecting to rear component/video input terminals and output terminals
C
MENU
OK
VR
L / MONO
IN (VIDEO-3)
RVL/MONO
IN(VIDEO-3)
Front of TV
Headphones
AV-29SS26
AV-21BS26
Camcorder or TV game
When connecting to COMPONENT (VIDEO-2) input, depending on the connection, choose the appropriate video input using the menu (see “VIDEO-2 SETTING” on page 18)
Rear of TV
AV-29SS26
VCR (for playing) DVD player (composite signals)
VCR (for recording)
DVD player (component video signals)
Page 81
23
Troubleshooting
If a problem occurs when you are using the TV, check the below troubleshooting guide before calling for repair.
• Colour patches appear at the corner of the screen
• This may due to the magnetized device such as a speaker near to your TV. Keep the device apart from your TV. Alternately, you can also use the magnetic­shielded speaker.
• Picture is tilted
• This may due to the earth magnetism. Refer to “PICTURE TILT” on page 11 to correct the tilt.
• Image takes a short period to be displayed
• Image required time to stabilize before display. This is not a malfunction.
• TV may emit crackling sound
• This is due to a sudden change in temperature and it is not a malfunction. If the crackling sound is too frequent, request your service technician for inspection.
• Feel a slight electric shock when touching the TV screen
• This is due to the static electricity of the picture tube and it will not harm the human body. This is not a malfunction.
• The Auto Signal Detect function does not work
• Please check that the AUTO SIGNAL DETECT function is on or off.
• Turn the VCR or DVD player off, wait a while, then turn it on again.
• Inspect the video cable connection on VIDEO-2 that they are connected properly.
• Suddenly, a channel or input was changed to VIDEO-2 inputs.
• Some VCRs and DVD players can trigger Auto Signal Detect even after you choose a different input.
• Please turn off the AUTO SIGNAL DETECT function.
• “PLEASE DISCONNECT VIDEO-1 CABLE!” appears on the screen.
• Please disconnect either S-VIDEO cable or video input cable from Video-1 input.
• No picture, no sound •
Deactivate the BLUE BACK function if it is turned on.
• Choose the appropriate sound system. Refer to “SOUND SYSTEM” on page 14.
• Snowy picture
Check the aerial cable and its connection with the TV.
• Stripes appear on the picture
• Interference occurs caused by other devices such as an amplifi er, personal computer, or a hair drier. Move such devices away from your TV.
• Double-pictures (ghosting) occur
• Interference occurs caused by signal reflecting from mountains or building. Try to adjust the aerial’s direction or use a better directionality antenna.
• Poor picture • Choose the appropriate colour system. Refer to “COLOUR SYSTEM” on page 9.
• Adjust the COLOUR or BRIGHT setting. Refer to “PICTURE SETTING” on page 10.
• White and bright still image look as if it were coloured
• Inevitable phenomenon due to the nature of the picture tube. This is not a malfunction.
• Top of the image from software products or video tape is distorted
• This is due to the condition of the video signal whereby the image was not recorded properly. This is not a malfunction.
• Poor sound • Adjust the sound frequency properly. Refer to “EQUALIZER” on page 15.
• Stereo or bilingual
sound is unclear
• TV channel reception is poor. Change the stereo/ bilingual mode to mono sound (see page 15).
• Cannot operate the remote control
• The batteries may be exhausted. Replace with new batteries (see page 7).
• Ensure that you are operating the remote control at less than seven meters from the front of your TV.
• Cannot operate the menus
• Press TV/VIDEO button to return to TV mode and try operating the menus.
• Cannot operate the front control buttons
• Deactivate the CHILD LOCK function if it is turned on (see page 17).
Page 82
© 2006 Victor Company of Japan, Limited
0406-FLE-JMT
Specifi cations
TV RF systems
B, G, I, D, K, M
Colour systems
PAL, SECAM, NTSC 3.58 MHz, NTSC 4.43 MHz
Receiving channels
VHF low channel (VL), VHF high channel (VH), UHF channel (U) Receives cable channels in mid band, super band and hyper band.
Power requirements
For Australia: AC 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz / 60 Hz For others: AC 110 to 240 V, 50 Hz / 60 Hz
External input / output
VIDEO-1: S-video input, VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input VIDEO-2/COMPONENT: VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input, COMPONENT VIDEO (Y/C
B/CR
) input VIDEO-3: VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input OUTPUT: VIDEO output, AUDIO L/R output Headphone jack: Stereo mini jack (3.5 mm diameter)
**Sound-multiplex systems
A2 (B/G) or NICAM (B/G, I, D/K)
**Teletext system
FLOF (Fastext), WST (World Standard Text)
**Language displayed by teletext
Please see the table in the description “TEXT LANGUAGE” on page 13.
**Depends on the models, STEREO/I
II function for the Sound-multiplex systems or Teletext function may not be available.
Please confi rm with the chart on page 3.
Design and specifi cations subject to change without notice.
Page 83
PARTS LIST
CAUTION
J The parts identified by the symbol are important for the safety . Whenever replacing these parts, be sure to use specified ones to secure the
safety.
J The parts not indicated in this Parts List and those which are filled with lines --- in the Parts No. columns will not be supplied.
J P.W. BOARD Ass'y will not be supplied, but those which are filled with the Parts No. in the Parts No. columns will be supplied.
ABBREVIATIONS OF RESISTORS, CAPACITORS AND TOLERANCES
RESISTORS CAPACITORS
CR Carbon Resistor C CAP. Ceramic Capacitor
FR Fusible Resistor E CAP. Electrolytic Capacitor
PR Plate Resistor M CAP. Mylar Capacitor
VR Variable Resistor CH CAP. Chip Capacitor
HV R High Voltage Resistor HV CAP. High Voltage Capacitor
MF R Metal Film Resistor MF CAP. Metalized Film Capacitor
MG R Metal Glazed Resistor MM CAP. Metalized Mylar Capacitor
MP R Metal Plate Resistor MP CAP. Metalized Polystyrol Capacitor
OM R Metal Oxide Film Resistor PP CAP. Polypropylene Capacitor
CMF R Coating Metal Film Resistor PS CAP. Polystyrol Capacitor
UNF R Non-Flammable Resistor TF CAP. Thin Film Capacitor
CH V R Chip Variable Resistor MPP CAP. Metalized Polypropylene Capacitor
CH MG R Chip Metal Glazed Resistor TAN. CAP. Tantalum Capacitor
COMP. R Composition Resistor CH C CAP. Chip Ceramic Capacitor
LPTC R Linear Positive Temperature Coefficient Resistor BP E CAP. Bi-Polar Electrolytic Capacitor
CH AL E CAP. Chip Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitor
CH AL BP CAP. Chip Aluminum Bi-Polar Capacitor
CH TAN. E CAP. Chip Tantalum Electrolytic Capacitor
CH AL BP E CAP. Chip Tantalum Bi-Polar Electrolytic Capacitor
RESISTORS
FGJ KMNRHZ P
±1% ±2% ±5% ±10% ±20% ±30%
+30%
-10%
+50%
-10%
+80%
-20%
+100%
-0%
(No.YA447)3-1
Page 84
CONTENTS
USING P.W. BOARD & REMOTE CONTROL UNIT ................................................................................................... 3-3
EXPLODED VIEW PARTS LIST -1 ............................................................................................................................. 3-3
EXPLODED VIEW -1 ................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST [AV-2986ME] ............................................................................................ 3-5
MAIN P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-1926A-H2) ................................................................................................... 3-5
CRT SOCKET P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-3037A-H2) .....................................................................................3-8
FRONT CONTROL P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-8019A-H2) ............................................................................. 3-9
BASS P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-6003A-H2) .................................................................................................. 3-9
CHOKE P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-9001A-H2) ............................................................................................. 3-10
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST [AV-29MS26] .......................................................................................... 3-11
MAIN P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-1927A-H2) ................................................................................................. 3-11
CRT SOCKET P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-3037A-H2) ................................................................................... 3-14
FRONT CONTROL P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-8019A-H2) ........................................................................... 3-14
BASS P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-6003A-H2) ................................................................................................ 3-14
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST [AV-29MX76/G] ...................................................................................... 3-15
MAIN P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-1933A-H2) ................................................................................................. 3-15
CRT SOCKET P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-3037A-H2) ................................................................................... 3-18
FRONT CONTROL P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-8019A-H2) ........................................................................... 3-18
BASS P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-6003A-H2) ................................................................................................ 3-18
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT PARTS LIST (RM-C1285-1H) [AV-2986ME, AV-29MX76/G] ...................................... 3-19
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT PARTS LIST (RM-C1286-1H) [AV-29MS26] ............................................................... 3-19
PACKING ................................................................................................................................................................... 3-20
PACKING PARTS LIST ............................................................................................................................................. 3-20
3-2(No.YA447)
Page 85
USING P.W. BOARD & REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
P.W.B ASS'Y AV-2986ME AV-29MS26 AV-29MX76/G
MAIN P.W.B SCW-1926A-H2 SCW-1927A-H2 SCW-1933A-H2
CRT SOCKET P.W.B SCW-3037A-H2 ←← FRONT CONTROL P.W.B SCW-8019A-H2 ←← BASS P.W.B SCW-6003A-H2 ←←
CHOKE P.W.B SCW-9001A-H2 --- ---
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT RM-C1285-1H RM-C1286-1H RM-C1285-1H
EXPLODED VIEW PARTS LIST -1
Ref.No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
V01 A68AKY13X PICTURE TUBEDY01 QQD0131-001 DEF YOKEL01 QQW0200-001 DEG COILT522 QQH0202-001 FB TRANSF
1 GG10356-001B-H SP PANEL LEFT 2 GG10356-002B-H SP PANEL RIGHT 3 GG10355-001A-H FRONT FRAME TOP 4 GG10355-002B-H FRONT FRAME BOT 5 GG20087-001A-H OPERATION SHEET 6 GG30139-001B-H LED LENS 11 QYSBSFG4016ZA TAP SCREW M4 x 16mm(x16)
12 GG10192-009A-H REAR COVER
13 QYSBSF3010ZA TAP SCREW M3 x 10mm(x4)
14 LC11064-001B-H AV BOARD 15 CM23167-A01-H POWER CORD CLAMP 16 QMPR340-165-K2 POWER CORD 1.65m BLACK
17 QYSBSF3010ZA TAP SCREW M3 x 10mm(x2) AV-2986ME 18 QYSBSFG4016ZA TAP SCREW M4 x 16mm AV-2986ME 19 GG20078-001A-H BRACKET AV-2986ME
20 LC11061-002C-H CHASSIS BASE
21 GG10357-001B-H CONTROL BASE 22 QUQ212-0920CL-E FFC WIRE 9pin 20cm 23 WJS0080-001A-E E-FL/RB WIRE 24 QAL0610-001 PC MAGNET 25 QAL0627-001 DY WEDGE (x4) 26 A48457-3-H SPRING 27 WJY0018-001A-E BRAIDED ASS'Y 28 WJY0013-003A-E BRAIDED ASS'Y (x2)
29 LC30103-003A-H CHASSIS ADAPTER (x2)
30 GG40046-001A-H TAP SCREW (x4) 31 LC40226-005A-H SPACER (x4) 32 GG20057-002A-H SPEAKER HOLDER (x4) 33 QAS0139-001 SPEAKER (x2) SP01,SP02
40 SCW-1926A-H2 MAIN PWB AV-2986ME 40 SCW-1927A-H2 MAIN PWB AV-29MS26 40 SCW-1933A-H2 MAIN PWB AV-29MX76G 41 SCW-3037A-H2 CRT SOCKET PWB 42 SCW-8019A-H2 FRONT CONTROL PWB 43 SCW-9001A-H2 CHOKE PWB AV-2986ME 44 SCW-6003A-H2 BASS PWB
100 GG10353-003A-H FRONT CABINET ASS'Y Inc.101,102,103
101 GG20099-001B-H DOOR 102 GG30131-001A-H POWER KNOB 103 CM35235-003-H SPRING
(No.YA447)3-3
Page 86
EXPLODED VIEW -1
100
3
32
32
31
33
28
31
L01
29
V01
42
30
[AV-2986ME]
18
21
25
DY01
17
29
27
26
24
41
22
32
32
31
101
1
2
4
31
33
5
30
23
40
6
103
102
T522
14
12
3-4(No.YA447)
43
19
FRONT
20
44
15
11
RATING LABEL
13
16
Page 87
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST [AV-2986ME]
MAIN P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-1926A-H2)
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
IC301 PVP9390A-QG-A1 IC IC401 LA78041 IC IC481 LA6515 IC IC601 AN5277 IC IC701 TDA12021-ERU3-F IC(MCU) (SERVICE) IC702 ATE16-29MS26 IC (SERVICE) IC921 STR-W6556A-F5 IC IC951 SE135N IC IC971 MM1563DF-X IC IC972 PQ033RDA1SSH IC IC973 PQ120RDA1SZ IC IC975 PQ050RDA1SZ IC
Q101 2SC5397/CD/-T TRANSISTOR Q102 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q103 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q305 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q306 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q307 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q341 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q421 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q422 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q461 RDN050N20 POWER MOS FET Q481 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q482 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q483 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q484 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q521 BSN304-T TRANSISTOR
Q522 TT2202-YD POW TRANSISTOR Q571 2SA1208/ST/Z1-T TRANSISTOR Q572 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q601 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q602 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q603 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q605 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q607 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q608 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q609 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q611 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q612 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q702 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q704 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q705 SSM3K02F-X MOS FET Q706 SSM3K02F-X MOS FET Q707 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q708 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q791 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q801 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR Q803 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q804 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q805 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q921 2SC3852A POW TRANSISTOR Q951 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q952 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q957 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q958 2SA1013/RO/-T TRANSISTOR Q981 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q982 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q983 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q984 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR
D101 1SS356-X SI DIODE D102 1SS356-X SI DIODE D301 MA111-X SI DIODE D341 MA111-X SI DIODE D342 MA111-X SI DIODE D343 MA111-X SI DIODE D345 MA111-X SI DIODE D423 1N4003SG-T2 SI DIODE D424 1SR35-400A-T2 SI DIODE D481 MA111-X SI DIODE D521 RH3G-F1 SI DIODE D522 RU4AM-LFM1 SI DIODE D523 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D524 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D530 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D551 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D552 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D554 MA8051/L/-X Z DIODE D571 MA8075/H/-X Z DIODE D581 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D601 MA111-X SI DIODE
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
D603 MA111-X SI DIODE D607 MA111-X SI DIODE D701 MA111-X SI DIODE D702 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D703 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D704 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D706 MA8036-X Z DIODE D707 MA111-X SI DIODE D708 MA111-X SI DIODE D709 MA111-X SI DIODE D710 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D711 MA111-X SI DIODE D712 MA111-X SI DIODE D713 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D714 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D715 MA111-X SI DIODE D716 MA111-X SI DIODE D717 MA111-X SI DIODE D751 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D753 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D810 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D811 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D812 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D813 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D814 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D815 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D901 GSIB460-S1 BRIDGE DIODE D921 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D922 MTZJ36A-T2 Z DIODE D923 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D924 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D925 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D926 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D927 MTZJ36A-T2 Z DIODE D929 MA8330/M/-X Z DIODE D930 MA111-X SI DIODE D931 MA8200/M/-X Z DIODE D932 MA111-X SI DIODE D933 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D951 RU4AM-LFM1 SI DIODE D952 FMX-G12S SI DIODE D953 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D954 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D955 FMX-G12S SI DIODE D957 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D958 1SR35-400A-T2 SI DIODE D962 MA8330/M/-X Z DIODE D970 MA8082/M/-X Z DIODE D971 MA111-X SI DIODE D972 MA111-X SI DIODE D973 MA111-X SI DIODE D975 MA111-X SI DIODE D976 MA111-X SI DIODE D977 1SR124-400A-T2 SI DIODE D981 UDZS2.0B-X Z DIODE D982 UDZS2.0B-X Z DIODE
PC901 PS2581AL1/QW/ PHOTO COUPLER
C001 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C002 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C003 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C004 QETN1AM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 10V M C005 NCB31HK-222X C CAPACITOR 2200pF 50V K C006 QETN1HM-336Z E CAPACITOR 33uF 50V M C007 NDC31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR 56pF 50V J C008 NDC31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR 56pF 50V J C101 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C102 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C103 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C104 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C105 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C106 NDC31HJ-180X C CAPACITOR 18pF 50V J C107 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C108 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C109 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C110 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C111 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C302 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C303 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C304 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C305 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C306 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C307 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K
(No.YA447)3-5
Page 88
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
C308 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C309 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C310 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C311 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C312 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C313 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C314 NCB30JK-225X C CAPACITOR 2.2uF 6.3V K C315 NCB31HK-473X C CAPACITOR 0.047uF 50V K C316 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C318 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C341 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C422 QCS32HJ-560Z C CAPACITOR 56pF 500V J C423 NDC31HJ-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V J C424 QFLC2AJ-683Z M CAPACITOR 0.068uF 100V J C427 QETN1VM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 35V M C428 QETN1VM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 35V M C430 QFLC2AJ-563Z M CAPACITOR 0.056uF 100V J C431 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C435 NCF21HZ-334X C CAPACITOR 0.33uF 50V Z C436 NCF21HZ-334X C CAPACITOR 0.33uF 50V Z C471 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C481 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C482 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C483 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C484 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C485 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C487 QETN1VM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 35V M C488 NDC31HJ-561X C CAPACITOR 560pF 50V J C489 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C490 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C520 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J C521 QCB31HK-332Z C CAPACITOR 3300pF 50V K C522 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR 0.022uF 50V J C523 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M
C524 QFZ0196-252 MPP CAPACITOR 2500pF 1.5kV H C525 QFZ0196-123 MPP CAPACITOR 0.012uF 1.5kV H C526 QFZ0196-252 MPP CAPACITOR 2500pF 1.5kV H C527 QFZ0197-224 MPP CAPACITOR 0.22uF 250V J C528 QFP32JJ-223 PP CAPACITOR 0.022uF 630V J C529 QENC2AM-225Z BP E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 100V M C530 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C531 QEZ0195-475Z BP E CAPACITOR 4.7uF 50V M C532 QETN2EM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 250V M C551 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C552 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C553 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C554 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C555 QFLC2AJ-103Z M CAPACITOR 0.01uF 100V J C571 QETM2CM-227 E CAPACITOR 220uF 160V M C572 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C573 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C581 QFVF1HJ-104Z MF CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V J C582 QFZ0197-204 MPP CAPACITOR 0.2uF 250V J C601 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C602 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C603 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C604 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C605 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C606 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C607 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C608 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C609 QETN1HM-336Z E CAPACITOR 33uF 50V M C610 QETN1HM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 50V M C613 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C615 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C616 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C656 QETN1HM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 50V M C661 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C662 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C701 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C702 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C703 QETN1AM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 10V M C704 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C705 NDC31HJ-7R0X C CAPACITOR 7pF 50V J C706 NDC31HJ-7R0X C CAPACITOR 7pF 50V J C707 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C708 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C709 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C710 NCB31HK-682X C CAPACITOR 6800pF 50V K C711 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C712 QFVF1HJ-224Z MF CAPACITOR 0.22uF 50V J C713 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C714 NCB31HK-223X C CAPACITOR 0.022uF 50V K C715 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C716 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C717 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C718 QFZ0229-154Z MF CAPACITOR 0.15uF 63V K
C719 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C720 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C723 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C724 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C725 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C726 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C727 NCB31HK-332X C CAPACITOR 3300pF 50V K C728 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C729 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C730 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C731 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C732 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C734 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C735 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C736 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C737 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C738 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C739 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C740 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C741 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C742 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C743 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C744 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C745 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C746 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C748 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C749 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C750 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C751 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C752 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C753 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C754 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C755 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C756 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C757 NDC31HJ-561X C CAPACITOR 560pF 50V J C758 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C760 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C761 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C762 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C764 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C766 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C767 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C768 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C769 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C770 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C772 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C775 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C776 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C777 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C778 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C779 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C780 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C781 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C782 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C783 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C785 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C790 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C792 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C793 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7uF 50V M C802 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C803 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C804 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C821 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C822 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C823 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C824 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C827 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0 C828 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0 C829 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0 C830 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0
C901 QFZ9072-224 MM CAPACITOR 0.22uF AC250V K
C903 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z
C904 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z
C905 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z C906 QEZ0633-227 E CAPACITOR 220uF 450V M C915 QCB32HK-392Z C CAPACITOR 3900pF 500V K C921 QCZ0364-102 C CAPACITOR 1000pF 2kV K C922 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V J C923 QFLC1HJ-102Z M CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V J C924 QFLC1HJ-104Z M CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V J C925 QETN2AM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 100V M C926 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C950 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C952 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C953 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C954 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C955 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
3-6(No.YA447)
Page 89
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
C956 QEZ0203-227 E CAPACITOR 220uF 160V M C957 QETN1AM-228Z E CAPACITOR 2200uF 10V M C958 QETN1EM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 25V M C959 QETN1VM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 35V M C960 QETM1VM-228 E CAPACITOR 2200uF 35V M C962 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J C963 QCZ0121-102 C CAPACITOR 1000pF 3.15kV Z C967 QETN1AM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 10V M C971 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C972 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C973 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C975 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C977 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C980 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C982 QETN1AM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 10V M
C991 QCZ9079-471 C CAPACITOR 470pF AC250V K
C992 QCZ9079-471 C CAPACITOR 470pF AC250V K
C993 QCZ9079-681 C CAPACITOR 680pF AC250V K
R001 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R002 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R003 NRSA63J-392X MG RESISTOR 3.9kΩ 1/16W J R004 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27kΩ 1/16W J R005 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R101 NRSA63J-100X MG RESISTOR 10Ω 1/16W J R102 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8k R103 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR 2.7k R104 NRSA63J-181X MG RESISTOR 180Ω 1/16W J R105 NRSA63J-220X MG RESISTOR 22Ω 1/16W J R106 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R107 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R108 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R109 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R110 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R307 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/16W J R308 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R309 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R310 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R311 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R312 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R313 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/16W J R314 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/16W J R315 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R316 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R317 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R318 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R319 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R320 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R321 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R341 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R344 NRSA63J-220X MG RESISTOR 22Ω 1/16W J R345 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R411 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R412 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R421 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R426 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12k R427 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8kΩ 1/16W J R430 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12k R432 QRX01GJ-2R2 MF RESISTOR 2.2 R433 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R434 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8kΩ 1/16W J R438 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR 1MΩ 1/16W J R440 QRG01GJ-331 OMF RESISTOR 330Ω 1W J R448 QRE121J-1R0Y C RESISTOR 1 R461 QRE121J-823Y C RESISTOR 82k R462 QRL039J-330 OMF RESISTOR 33 R471 NRSA63J-274X MG RESISTOR 270k R472 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R473 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68k R474 NRSA63J-224X MG RESISTOR 220k R481 NRSA63J-124X MG RESISTOR 120k R482 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R483 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8k R484 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R485 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R486 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3k R487 NRSA63J-154X MG RESISTOR 150kΩ 1/16W J R488 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100k R490 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R491 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68k R492 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR 1.5kΩ 1/16W J R493 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22k R494 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R496 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R497 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R498 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22k R499 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47k
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/2W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1W J
3W J
R520 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R521 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R522 QRE121J-220Y C RESISTOR 22Ω 1/2W J R523 QRL029J-271 OMF RESISTOR 270Ω 2W J R524 QRL039J-221 OMF RESISTOR 220Ω 3W J R525 QRL039J-221 OMF RESISTOR 220Ω 3W J R527 QRL039J-393 OMF RESISTOR 39kΩ 3W J R528 QRE121J-471Y C RESISTOR 470Ω 1/2W J
R530 QRZ9017-4R7 FUSI RESISTOR 4.7Ω 1/4W J
R533 QRZ9017-4R7 FUSI RESISTOR 4.7Ω 1/4W J
R551 QRZ9021-1R0 FUSI RESISTOR 1Ω 1W J
R552 QRZ9021-1R0 FUSI RESISTOR 1Ω 1W J R554 NRSA63J-182X MG RESISTOR 1.8kΩ 1/16W J R571 QRZ0225-2R2 UNF RESISTOR 2.2Ω 7W K R572 QRA14CF-1202Y CMF RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/4W F R573 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R574 QRE121J-183Y C RESISTOR 18kΩ 1/2W J R575 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R581 QRE121J-822Y C RESISTOR 8.2kΩ 1/2W J R582 QRE121J-823Y C RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/2W J R583 QRE121J-184Y C RESISTOR 180kΩ 1/2W J R601 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R602 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R603 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R604 NRSA02J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/10W J R606 QRE121J-2R2Y C RESISTOR 2.2 R607 QRE121J-2R2Y C RESISTOR 2.2 R609 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27kΩ 1/16W J R610 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R611 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R612 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R614 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R618 NRSA02J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/10W J R620 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R621 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R622 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R623 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R624 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R626 NRSA02J-271X MG RESISTOR 270Ω 1/10W J R628 NRSA02J-271X MG RESISTOR 270Ω 1/10W J R629 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R630 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R632 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R701 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R702 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R703 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R704 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R705 NRSA63J-393X MG RESISTOR 39kΩ 1/16W J R706 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R707 NRSA63J-563X MG RESISTOR 56kΩ 1/16W J R708 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R709 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR 1MΩ 1/16W J R711 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R712 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R713 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R714 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R715 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390Ω 1/16W J R716 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R717 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R718 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/16W J R719 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R720 QRE141J-0R0Y C RESISTOR 0Ω 1/4W J R721 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R722 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470 R723 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470 R724 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R725 NRSA63J-470X MG RESISTOR 47 R726 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27k R727 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R728 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 R729 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7k R730 QRE141J-151Y C RESISTOR 150Ω 1/4W J R731 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R732 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R733 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R734 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R735 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R736 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 R737 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R738 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R739 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R740 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15k R741 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R742 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R743 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R744 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R745 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3k
1/2W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/4W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/4W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
(No.YA447)3-7
Page 90
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
R746 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R747 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R748 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR 2.7kΩ 1/16W J R749 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/4W J R750 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R751 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R752 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100Ω 1/4W J R753 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R754 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R755 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R756 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R757 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R758 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R759 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R760 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R761 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R762 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R763 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R764 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R765 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R768 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R769 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R770 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R771 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/4W J R772 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R773 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R774 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R775 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R776 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/16W J R777 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R779 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R780 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R781 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R782 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R783 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R784 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R785 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R786 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R787 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R788 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R790 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R792 QRE141J-330Y C RESISTOR 33Ω 1/4W J R793 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R794 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R795 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R796 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R797 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R798 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R801 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R802 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R803 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R804 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R805 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R806 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R807 QRE121J-101Y C RESISTOR 100Ω 1/2W J R809 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R810 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390Ω 1/16W J R811 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82k R812 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390 R813 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/16W J R814 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R815 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R816 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R901 QRF154K-4R7 UNF WW RESISTOR 4.7 R902 QRL029J-683 OMF RESISTOR 68k R921 QRL029J-473 OMF RESISTOR 47k R922 QRE141J-391Y C RESISTOR 390 R923 QRE141J-273Y C RESISTOR 27k R924 QRA14CF-3902Y CMF RESISTOR 39k R926 QRE121J-220Y C RESISTOR 22 R927 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2k R928 QRE121J-103Y C RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/2W J R929 QRE141J-220Y C RESISTOR 22 R951 QRE121J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2k R952 QRE121J-153Y C RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/2W J R953 QRE121J-103Y C RESISTOR 10k R957 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/16W J R958 NRSA63J-183X MG RESISTOR 18k R959 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/16W J R960 QRE121J-223Y C RESISTOR 22k R962 QRL029J-223 OMF RESISTOR 22kΩ 2W J R963 QRE121J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3k R965 QRX029J-1R0 MF RESISTOR 1 R970 QRE121J-182Y C RESISTOR 1.8kΩ 1/2W J R971 QRL029J-150 OMF RESISTOR 15Ω 2W J R975 QRE141J-122Y C RESISTOR 1.2k R976 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
15W K
2W J
2W J
1/4W J
1/4W J
1/4W F
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/4W J
1/2W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/2W J
1/2W J
2W J
1/4W J
1/16W J
R980 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/16W J R981 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R982 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R983 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R984 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R985 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R986 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J
R991 QRZ9046-825Z C RESISTOR 8.2MΩ 1/2W K
L001 QQL244K-8R2Z PEAKING COIL 8.2uH K L002 QQL244J-4R7Z PEAKING COIL 4.7uH J L003 QQL244J-4R7Z PEAKING COIL 4.7uH J L101 QQL244K-1R0Z PEAKING COIL 1uH K L301 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L302 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L303 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L304 QQL244J-221Z PEAKING COIL 220uH J L305 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L306 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L401 QQL244K-820Z PEAKING COIL 82uH K L521 QQLZ036-821 COIL 820uH K L522 QQR1243-001 LINEARITY COIL L530 QQL244K-220Z PEAKING COIL 22uH K L701 QQL231J-5R6Y P COIL 5.6uH J L702 QQL231J-5R6Y P COIL 5.6uH J L703 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L706 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L716 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L718 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L951 QQLZ026-480 COIL 48uH ±7%
T521 QQR1229-001 DRIVE TRANSF
T921 QQS0386-001 SW TRANSF
CP650 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP951 QMFZ034-4R0Z-J1 FUSE 4A 125V
CP952 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP953 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP954 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP955 ICP-N75-T IC PROTECTOR 2.7A J801 QNZ0454-002 PIN JACK VIDEO1/S-VIDEO IN J802 QNN0349-002 PIN JACK VIDEO2/COMP IN J803 QNN0348-001 PIN JACK VIDEO2/COMP IN J804 QNN0349-001 PIN JACK VIDEO OUT K107 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K601 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K702 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K703 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K921 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K951 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K952 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K953 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K954 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K955 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS LC801 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER LC802 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER LC803 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER LC804 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER
LF902 QQR1356-001 LINE FILTER SF101 QAX0872-001 SAW FILTER SF102 QAX0731-001 SAW FILTER TU001 QAU0383-002 TUNER X301 QAX0775-001Z CRYSTAL 20.250000MHz X701 QAX0799-001Z CRYSTAL 2457600MHz
CRT SOCKET P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-3037A-H2)
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
IC351 TDA6107AJF/N1 IC
Q203 KTC3199/YG/-T TRANSISTOR Q204 KTC3199/YG/-T TRANSISTOR Q206 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR Q208 2SA2140/QP/ POW TRANSISTOR Q209 2SC5993/QP/ POW TRANSISTOR Q371 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q372 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q373 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q374 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR
D201 MA111-X SI DIODE D202 MA111-X SI DIODE D203 RGP10J-5025-T3 SI DIODE D204 RGP10J-5025-T3 SI DIODE
3-8(No.YA447)
Page 91
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
D350 MA8075/M/-X Z DIODE D354 EU01N-T2 SI DIODE D355 EU01N-T2 SI DIODE D356 EU01N-T2 SI DIODE D357 EU01N-T2 SI DIODE D371 MA111-X SI DIODE D372 MA111-X SI DIODE
C201 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C203 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C204 NDC31HJ-471X C CAPACITOR 470pF 50V J C205 NCB31HK-561X C CAPACITOR 560pF 50V K C206 QETN1HM-335Z E CAPACITOR 3.3uF 50V M C207 QCS31HJ-5R0Z C CAPACITOR 5pF 50V J C209 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C211 NDC31HJ-821X C CAPACITOR 820pF 50V J C212 QCB32HK-472Z C CAPACITOR 4700pF 500V K C213 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C214 QETN2CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 160V M C215 QCB32HK-472Z C CAPACITOR 4700pF 500V K C216 QETN2CM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 160V M C217 QETN1AM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 10V M C218 QETN1AM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 10V M C219 QETN1AM-337Z E CAPACITOR 330uF 10V M C220 QCS32HJ-680Z C CAPACITOR 68pF 500V J C351 NDC31HJ-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V J C352 QETN2EM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7uF 250V M C353 QFKC2EK-104Z MM CAPACITOR 0.1uF 250V K C358 QFZ0097-103 MM CAPACITOR 0.01uF 1250V K C371 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M
R207 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R208 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/16W J R209 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR 1.5kΩ 1/16W J R210 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR 2.7kΩ 1/16W J R211 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR 1.5kΩ 1/16W J R212 NRSA63J-151X MG RESISTOR 150Ω 1/16W J R213 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R214 QRJ146J-100X UNF C RESISTOR 10Ω 1/4W J R219 NRSA63J-470X MG RESISTOR 47Ω 1/16W J R220 NRSA63J-470X MG RESISTOR 47Ω 1/16W J R221 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R222 QRE121J-563Y C RESISTOR 56kΩ 1/2W J R223 QRE121J-563Y C RESISTOR 56kΩ 1/2W J R224 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R225 NRSA63J-390X MG RESISTOR 39Ω 1/16W J R226 QRE121J-2R7Y C RESISTOR 2.7Ω 1/2W J R227 QRE121J-2R7Y C RESISTOR 2.7Ω 1/2W J R228 NRSA63J-390X MG RESISTOR 39Ω 1/16W J R229 QRE121J-121Y C RESISTOR 120Ω 1/2W J R232 QRL029J-391 OMF RESISTOR 390Ω 2W J R351 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R352 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R353 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R354 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R355 QRC121K-561Z COMP RESISTOR 560 R356 QRC121K-561Z COMP RESISTOR 560Ω 1/2W K R357 QRC121K-561Z COMP RESISTOR 560 R358 QRZ0107-152Z C RESISTOR 1.5k R359 QRZ0107-152Z C RESISTOR 1.5kΩ 1/2W K R360 QRZ0107-152Z C RESISTOR 1.5kΩ 1/2W K
R369 QRZ9023-1R2 FUSI RESISTOR 1.2Ω 2W J R371 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R372 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33k R373 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33k R374 QRZ0107-474Z C RESISTOR 470k R376 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R377 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12k
L351 QQL244J-5R6Z COIL 5.6uH J
FR201 QRZ9021-561 FUSI RESISTOR 560Ω 1W J K201 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K202 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K203 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K205 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K206 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K208 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS
SK351 QNZ0536-002 CRT SOCKET
1/2W K
1/2W K
1/2W K
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/2W K
1/16W J
1/16W J
FRONT CONTROL P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-8019A-H2)
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
IC301 S9648 PHOTO CONDUCTOR IC801 GP1UE281QKVF IR DETECT UNIT
Q955 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR
D801 LH22440-T16 LED POWER D803 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D956 MA111-X SI DIODE D957 MA111-X SI DIODE
C301 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7uF 50V M C801 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C802 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C803 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J C806 NCB31HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C807 NCB31HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K
C901 QFZ9072-224 MM CAPACITOR 0.22uF AC250V K
C902 QFZ9072-224 MM CAPACITOR 0.22uF AC250V K C965 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M
R302 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/16W J R601 QRE121J-271Y C RESISTOR 270Ω 1/2W J R602 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R603 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R604 QRE121J-271Y C RESISTOR 270Ω 1/2W J R801 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R802 NRSA63J-470X MG RESISTOR 47Ω 1/16W J R803 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R806 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R809 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R812 NRSA63J-181X MG RESISTOR 180Ω 1/16W J R813 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R814 NRSA63J-331X MG RESISTOR 330Ω 1/16W J R815 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R816 NRSA63J-821X MG RESISTOR 820Ω 1/16W J
R901 QRZ0107-474Z C RESISTOR 470kΩ 1/2W K R960 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/16W J R961 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/16W J
F901 QMF51E2-4R0-S FUSE 4A AC250V J801 QNS0155-001 3.5 JACK HEADPHONE J802 QNN0279-003 PIN JACK VIDEO3 V IN J803 QNN0279-002 PIN JACK VIDEO3 L IN J804 QNN0657-001 PIN JACK VIDEO3 R IN K801 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS LC801 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER
LF901 QQR1356-001 LINE FILTER
RY901 QSK0061-002 RELAY S801 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH CH+ S802 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH CH­S803 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH MENU S804 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH TV/VIDEO S805 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH VOL+ S806 QSW0619-003Z PUSH SWITCH VOL-
S901 QSW0750-001 PUSH SWITCH POWER
TH901 QAD0134-4R5 P THERMISTOR 4.5
VA901 QAF0060-621 VARISTOR 620V
GG30138-001A-H EE HOLDER LC30349-001A-H LED HOLDER
BASS P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-6003A-H2)
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
IC671 MX3000DS-X IC
C671 QETN1HM-474Z E CAPACITOR 0.47uF 50V M C672 NDC31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR 33pF 50V J C673 NDC31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR 33pF 50V J C674 NDC31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR 33pF 50V J C675 NDC31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR 33pF 50V J C676 NDC31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR 33pF 50V J C677 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C678 NCB31HK-153X C CAPACITOR 0.015uF 50V K C679 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C680 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C681 NDC31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR 33pF 50V J C682 NDC31HJ-330X C CAPACITOR 33pF 50V J C683 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C684 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M
(No.YA447)3-9
Page 92
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
C685 NCB21CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C686 NCB21CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C688 NCF21AZ-475X C CAPACITOR 4.7uF 10V Z C689 NCF21AZ-475X C CAPACITOR 4.7uF 10V Z C690 NDC31HJ-680X C CAPACITOR 68pF 50V J C691 NDC31HJ-680X C CAPACITOR 68pF 50V J
R671 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R672 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R673 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R674 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R675 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R676 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R677 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R678 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R679 NRSA63J-100X MG RESISTOR 10Ω 1/16W J R682 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R683 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J
L671 QQL244J-4R7Z PEAKING COIL 4.7uH J
X671 QAX0799-001Z CRYSTAL 2457600MHz
CHOKE P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-9001A-H2)
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
L903 QQR1200-001 CHOKE COIL
3-10(No.YA447)
Page 93
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST [AV-29MS26]
MAIN P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-1927A-H2)
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
IC401 LA78041 IC IC481 LA6515 IC IC601 AN5277 IC IC701 TDA12021-ERC3-F IC(MCU) (SERVICE) IC702 ATE16-29MS26 IC (SERVICE) IC921 STR-W6556A-F5 IC IC951 SE135N IC IC972 PQ033RDA1SSH IC IC973 PQ120RDA1SZ IC IC975 PQ050RDA1SZ IC
Q101 2SC5397/CD/-T TRANSISTOR Q102 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q103 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q341 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q421 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q422 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q461 RDN050N20 POWER MOS FET Q481 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q482 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q483 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q484 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q521 BSN304-T TRANSISTOR
Q522 TT2202-YD POW TRANSISTOR Q571 2SA1208/ST/Z1-T TRANSISTOR Q572 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q601 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q602 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q603 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q605 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q607 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q608 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q609 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q611 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q612 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q702 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q704 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q705 SSM3K02F-X MOS FET Q706 SSM3K02F-X MOS FET Q707 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q708 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q791 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q801 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR Q803 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q804 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q805 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q921 2SC3852A POW TRANSISTOR Q951 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q952 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q957 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q958 2SA1013/RO/-T TRANSISTOR Q981 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q982 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q983 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q984 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR
D101 1SS356-X SI DIODE D102 1SS356-X SI DIODE D341 MA111-X SI DIODE D342 MA111-X SI DIODE D343 MA111-X SI DIODE D345 MA111-X SI DIODE D423 1N4003SG-T2 SI DIODE D424 1SR35-400A-T2 SI DIODE D481 MA111-X SI DIODE D521 RH3G-F1 SI DIODE D522 RU4AM-LFM1 SI DIODE D523 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D524 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D530 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D551 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D552 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D554 MA8051/L/-X Z DIODE D571 MA8075/H/-X Z DIODE D581 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D601 MA111-X SI DIODE D603 MA111-X SI DIODE D607 MA111-X SI DIODE D701 MA111-X SI DIODE D702 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D703 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D704 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
D706 MA8036-X Z DIODE D707 MA111-X SI DIODE D708 MA111-X SI DIODE D709 MA111-X SI DIODE D710 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D711 MA111-X SI DIODE D712 MA111-X SI DIODE D713 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D714 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D715 MA111-X SI DIODE D716 MA111-X SI DIODE D717 MA111-X SI DIODE D751 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D753 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D810 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D811 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D812 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D813 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D814 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D815 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D901 GSIB460-S1 BRIDGE DIODE D921 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D922 MTZJ36A-T2 Z DIODE D923 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D924 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D925 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D926 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D927 MTZJ36A-T2 Z DIODE D929 MA8330/M/-X Z DIODE D930 MA111-X SI DIODE D931 MA8200/M/-X Z DIODE D932 MA111-X SI DIODE D933 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D951 RU4AM-LFM1 SI DIODE D952 FMX-G12S SI DIODE D953 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D954 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D955 FMX-G12S SI DIODE D957 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D958 1SR35-400A-T2 SI DIODE D962 MA8330/M/-X Z DIODE D970 MA8082/M/-X Z DIODE D971 MA111-X SI DIODE D972 MA111-X SI DIODE D973 MA111-X SI DIODE D975 MA111-X SI DIODE D977 1SR124-400A-T2 SI DIODE D981 UDZS2.0B-X Z DIODE D982 UDZS2.0B-X Z DIODE
PC901 PS2581AL1/QW/ PHOTO COUPLER
C001 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C002 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C003 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C004 QETN1AM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 10V M C005 NCB31HK-222X C CAPACITOR 2200pF 50V K C006 QETN1HM-336Z E CAPACITOR 33uF 50V M C007 NDC31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR 56pF 50V J C008 NDC31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR 56pF 50V J C101 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C102 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C103 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C104 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C105 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C106 NDC31HJ-180X C CAPACITOR 18pF 50V J C107 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C108 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C109 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C110 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C111 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C341 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C422 QCS32HJ-560Z C CAPACITOR 56pF 500V J C423 NDC31HJ-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V J C424 QFLC2AJ-683Z M CAPACITOR 0.068uF 100V J C427 QETN1VM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 35V M C428 QETN1VM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 35V M C430 QFLC2AJ-563Z M CAPACITOR 0.056uF 100V J C431 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C435 NCF21HZ-334X C CAPACITOR 0.33uF 50V Z C436 NCF21HZ-334X C CAPACITOR 0.33uF 50V Z C471 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C481 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C482 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K
(No.YA447)3-11
Page 94
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
C483 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C484 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C485 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C487 QETN1VM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 35V M C488 NDC31HJ-561X C CAPACITOR 560pF 50V J C489 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C490 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C520 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J C521 QCB31HK-332Z C CAPACITOR 3300pF 50V K C522 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR 0.022uF 50V J C523 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M
C524 QFZ0196-252 MPP CAPACITOR 2500pF 1.5kV H C525 QFZ0196-123 MPP CAPACITOR 0.012uF 1.5kV H C526 QFZ0196-252 MPP CAPACITOR 2500pF 1.5kV H C527 QFZ0197-224 MPP CAPACITOR 0.22uF 250V J C528 QFP32JJ-223 PP CAPACITOR 0.022uF 630V J C529 QENC2AM-225Z BP E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 100V M C530 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C531 QEZ0195-475Z BP E CAPACITOR 4.7uF 50V M C532 QETN2EM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 250V M C551 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C552 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C553 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C554 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C555 QFLC2AJ-103Z M CAPACITOR 0.01uF 100V J C571 QETM2CM-227 E CAPACITOR 220uF 160V M C572 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C573 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C581 QFVF1HJ-104Z MF CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V J C582 QFZ0197-204 MPP CAPACITOR 0.2uF 250V J C601 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C602 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C603 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C604 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C605 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C606 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C607 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C608 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C609 QETN1HM-336Z E CAPACITOR 33uF 50V M C610 QETN1HM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 50V M C613 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C615 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C616 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C656 QETN1HM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 50V M C661 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C662 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C701 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C702 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C703 QETN1AM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 10V M C704 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C705 NDC31HJ-7R0X C CAPACITOR 7pF 50V J C706 NDC31HJ-7R0X C CAPACITOR 7pF 50V J C707 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C708 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C709 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C710 NCB31HK-682X C CAPACITOR 6800pF 50V K C711 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C712 QFVF1HJ-224Z MF CAPACITOR 0.22uF 50V J C713 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C714 NCB31HK-223X C CAPACITOR 0.022uF 50V K C715 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C716 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C717 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C718 QFZ0229-154Z MF CAPACITOR 0.15uF 63V K C719 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C720 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C723 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C724 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C725 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C726 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C727 NCB31HK-332X C CAPACITOR 3300pF 50V K C728 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C729 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C730 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C731 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C732 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C734 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C735 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C736 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C737 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C738 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C739 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C740 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C741 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C742 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C743 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C744 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K
C745 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C746 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C751 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C752 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C753 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C754 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C755 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C756 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C757 NDC31HJ-561X C CAPACITOR 560pF 50V J C758 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C760 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C761 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C762 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C764 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C766 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C767 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C768 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C769 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C770 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C772 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C775 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C776 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C777 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C778 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C779 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C780 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C781 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C782 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C783 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C785 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C790 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C792 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C793 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7uF 50V M C802 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C803 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C804 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C821 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C822 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C823 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C824 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C827 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J C828 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J C829 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J C830 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J
C901 QFZ9072-224 MM CAPACITOR 0.22uF AC250V K
C903 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z
C904 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z
C905 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z C915 QCB32HK-392Z C CAPACITOR 3900pF 500V K C921 QCZ0364-102 C CAPACITOR 1000pF 2kV K C922 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V J C923 QFLC1HJ-102Z M CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V J C924 QFLC1HJ-104Z M CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V J C925 QETN2AM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 100V M C926 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C950 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C952 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C953 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C954 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C955 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C956 QEZ0203-227 E CAPACITOR 220uF 160V M C957 QETN1AM-228Z E CAPACITOR 2200uF 10V M C958 QETN1EM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 25V M C959 QETN1VM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 35V M C960 QETM1VM-228 E CAPACITOR 2200uF 35V M C962 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J C963 QCZ0121-102 C CAPACITOR 1000pF 3.15kV Z C967 QETN1AM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 10V M C975 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C977 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C980 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C982 QETN1AM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 10V M
C991 QCZ9079-471 C CAPACITOR 470pF AC250V K
C992 QCZ9079-471 C CAPACITOR 470pF AC250V K
C993 QCZ9079-681 C CAPACITOR 680pF AC250V K
R001 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R002 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R003 NRSA63J-392X MG RESISTOR 3.9kΩ 1/16W J R004 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27k R005 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R101 NRSA63J-100X MG RESISTOR 10 R102 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8k R103 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR 2.7kΩ 1/16W J R104 NRSA63J-181X MG RESISTOR 180Ω 1/16W J R105 NRSA63J-220X MG RESISTOR 22 R106 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
3-12(No.YA447)
Page 95
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
R107 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R108 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R109 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R110 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R341 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R344 NRSA63J-220X MG RESISTOR 22Ω 1/16W J R345 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R411 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R412 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R421 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R426 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R427 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8kΩ 1/16W J R430 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R432 QRX01GJ-2R2 MF RESISTOR 2.2Ω 1W J R433 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R434 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8kΩ 1/16W J R438 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR 1MΩ 1/16W J R440 QRG01GJ-331 OMF RESISTOR 330Ω 1W J R448 QRE121J-1R0Y C RESISTOR 1Ω 1/2W J R461 QRE121J-823Y C RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/2W J R462 QRL039J-330 OMF RESISTOR 33Ω 3W J R471 NRSA63J-274X MG RESISTOR 270kΩ 1/16W J R472 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R473 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R474 NRSA63J-224X MG RESISTOR 220kΩ 1/16W J R481 NRSA63J-124X MG RESISTOR 120k R482 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68k R483 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8kΩ 1/16W J R484 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/16W J R485 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R486 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R487 NRSA63J-154X MG RESISTOR 150kΩ 1/16W J R488 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R490 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R491 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R492 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR 1.5kΩ 1/16W J R493 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/16W J R494 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/16W J R496 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R497 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R498 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/16W J R499 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R520 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R521 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R522 QRE121J-220Y C RESISTOR 22Ω 1/2W J R523 QRL029J-271 OMF RESISTOR 270Ω 2W J R524 QRL039J-221 OMF RESISTOR 220Ω 3W J R525 QRL039J-221 OMF RESISTOR 220Ω 3W J R527 QRL039J-393 OMF RESISTOR 39kΩ 3W J R528 QRE121J-471Y C RESISTOR 470Ω 1/2W J
R530 QRZ9017-4R7 FUSI RESISTOR 4.7Ω 1/4W J
R533 QRZ9017-4R7 FUSI RESISTOR 4.7Ω 1/4W J
R551 QRZ9021-1R0 FUSI RESISTOR 1Ω 1W J
R552 QRZ9021-1R0 FUSI RESISTOR 1Ω 1W J R554 NRSA63J-182X MG RESISTOR 1.8kΩ 1/16W J R571 QRZ0225-2R2 UNF RESISTOR 2.2 R572 QRA14CF-1202Y CMF RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/4W F R573 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3k R574 QRE121J-183Y C RESISTOR 18k R575 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R581 QRE121J-822Y C RESISTOR 8.2kΩ 1/2W J R582 QRE121J-823Y C RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/2W J R583 QRE121J-184Y C RESISTOR 180kΩ 1/2W J R601 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0 R602 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0 R603 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R606 QRE121J-2R2Y C RESISTOR 2.2 R607 QRE121J-2R2Y C RESISTOR 2.2 R609 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27k R610 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100k R611 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R612 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R614 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100k R620 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R621 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R622 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R623 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R624 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68k R629 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R630 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2k R632 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R701 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12k R702 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470 R703 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R704 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R705 NRSA63J-393X MG RESISTOR 39k R706 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220
1/16W J
1/16W J
7W K
1/16W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/2W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
R707 NRSA63J-563X MG RESISTOR 56kΩ 1/16W J R708 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R709 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR 1MΩ 1/16W J R711 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R712 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R713 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R714 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R715 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390Ω 1/16W J R716 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/16W J R717 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R718 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/16W J R719 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R720 QRE141J-0R0Y C RESISTOR 0Ω 1/4W J R721 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R722 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R723 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R724 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R725 NRSA63J-470X MG RESISTOR 47Ω 1/16W J R726 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27kΩ 1/16W J R727 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R728 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100Ω 1/4W J R730 QRE141J-151Y C RESISTOR 150Ω 1/4W J R731 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R732 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R733 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R734 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R735 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R736 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100Ω 1/4W J R737 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R738 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R739 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R740 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/16W J R741 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R742 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R743 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R744 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R745 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R746 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R747 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R748 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR 2.7kΩ 1/16W J R749 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/4W J R750 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R751 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R752 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100Ω 1/4W J R753 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R754 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R755 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R756 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R757 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R758 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R759 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R760 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R761 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R762 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R763 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R764 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R765 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R768 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R769 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R770 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R771 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/4W J R772 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R773 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R774 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R775 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R776 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15k R777 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R779 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R780 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R781 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R782 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2k R783 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R784 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R785 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R786 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R787 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7k R788 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R790 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R792 QRE141J-330Y C RESISTOR 33Ω 1/4W J R793 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R794 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R795 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100k R796 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R797 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R798 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R801 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75 R802 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
(No.YA447)3-13
Page 96
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
R803 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R804 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R805 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R806 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R807 QRE121J-101Y C RESISTOR 100Ω 1/2W J R809 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R810 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390Ω 1/16W J R811 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/16W J R812 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390Ω 1/16W J R813 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/16W J R814 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R815 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R816 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R902 QRL029J-683 OMF RESISTOR 68kΩ 2W J R921 QRL029J-473 OMF RESISTOR 47kΩ 2W J R922 QRE141J-391Y C RESISTOR 390Ω 1/4W J R923 QRE141J-273Y C RESISTOR 27kΩ 1/4W J R924 QRA14CF-3902Y CMF RESISTOR 39kΩ 1/4W F R926 QRE121J-220Y C RESISTOR 22Ω 1/2W J R927 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R928 QRE121J-103Y C RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/2W J R929 QRE141J-220Y C RESISTOR 22Ω 1/4W J R951 QRE121J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/2W J R952 QRE121J-153Y C RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/2W J R953 QRE121J-103Y C RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/2W J R957 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15k R958 NRSA63J-183X MG RESISTOR 18k R959 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/16W J R960 QRE121J-223Y C RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/2W J R962 QRL029J-223 OMF RESISTOR 22kΩ 2W J R963 QRE121J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/2W J R965 QRX029J-1R0 MF RESISTOR 1Ω 2W J R970 QRE121J-182Y C RESISTOR 1.8kΩ 1/2W J R975 QRE141J-122Y C RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/4W J R976 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390Ω 1/16W J R980 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/16W J R981 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R982 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R983 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R984 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R985 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R986 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J
R991 QRZ9046-825Z C RESISTOR 8.2MΩ 1/2W K
L001 QQL244K-8R2Z PEAKING COIL 8.2uH K L002 QQL244J-4R7Z PEAKING COIL 4.7uH J L003 QQL244J-4R7Z PEAKING COIL 4.7uH J L101 QQL244K-1R0Z PEAKING COIL 1uH K L401 QQL244K-820Z PEAKING COIL 82uH K L521 QQLZ036-821 COIL 820uH K L522 QQR1243-001 LINEARITY COIL L530 QQL244K-220Z PEAKING COIL 22uH K L701 QQL231J-5R6Y P COIL 5.6uH J L702 QQL231J-5R6Y P COIL 5.6uH J L703 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L706 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L716 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L718 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L951 QQLZ026-480 COIL 48uH ±7%
T521 QQR1229-001 DRIVE TRANSF
T921 QQS0386-001 SW TRANSF
C786 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C787 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C788 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C906 QEZ0476-337 E CAPACITOR 330uF 400V M
CP650 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP951 QMFZ034-4R0Z-J1 FUSE 4A 125V
CP952 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP953 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP954 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP955 ICP-N75-T IC PROTECTOR 2.7A J801 QNZ0454-002 PIN JACK VIDEO1/S-VIDEO IN J802 QNN0349-002 PIN JACK VIDEO2/COMP IN J803 QNN0348-001 PIN JACK VIDEO2/COMP IN J804 QNN0349-001 PIN JACK VIDEO OUT K107 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K601 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K702 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K703 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K921 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K951 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K952 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K953 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K954 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K955 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS LC801 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER
1/16W J
1/16W J
LC802 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER LC803 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER LC804 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER
LF902 QQR1356-001 LINE FILTER R604 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R618 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R626 NRSA63J-271X MG RESISTOR 270Ω 1/16W J R628 NRSA63J-271X MG RESISTOR 270Ω 1/16W J R901 QRF154K-2R2 UNF WW RESISTOR 2.2Ω 15W K SF101 QAX0872-001 SAW FILTER SF102 QAX0731-001 SAW FILTER TU001 QAU0383-002 TUNER X701 QAX0799-001Z CRYSTAL 2457600MHz
CRT SOCKET P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-3037A-H2)
REFER TO PARTS LIST IN PAGE 3-8 FOR THIS P.W. BOARD.
FRONT CONTROL P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-8019A-H2)
REFER TO PARTS LIST IN PAGE 3-9 FOR THIS P.W. BOARD.
BASS P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-6003A-H2)
REFER TO PARTS LIST IN PAGE 3-9 FOR THIS P.W. BOARD.
3-14(No.YA447)
Page 97
PRINTED WIRING BOARD PARTS LIST [AV-29MX76/G]
MAIN P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-1933A-H2)
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
IC301 PVP9390A-QG-A1 IC IC401 LA78041 IC IC481 LA6515 IC IC601 AN5277 IC IC701 TDA12021-ERA3-F IC(MCU) (SERVICE) IC702 ATE16-29MX76G IC (SERVICE) IC921 STR-W6556A-F5 IC IC951 SE135N IC IC971 MM1563DF-X IC IC972 PQ033RDA1SSH IC IC973 PQ120RDA1SZ IC IC975 PQ050RDA1SZ IC
Q101 2SC5397/CD/-T TRANSISTOR Q102 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q103 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q305 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q306 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q307 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q341 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q421 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q422 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q461 RDN050N20 POWER MOS FET Q481 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q482 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q483 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q484 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q521 BSN304-T TRANSISTOR
Q522 TT2202-YD POW TRANSISTOR Q571 2SA1208/ST/Z1-T TRANSISTOR Q572 UN2212-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q601 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q602 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q603 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q605 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q607 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q608 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q609 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q611 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q612 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q702 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q704 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q705 SSM3K02F-X MOS FET Q706 SSM3K02F-X MOS FET Q707 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q708 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q791 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q801 KTA1267/YG/-T TRANSISTOR Q803 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q804 UN2226-X DIGI TRANSISTOR Q805 2SA1530A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q921 2SC3852A POW TRANSISTOR Q951 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q952 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q957 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q958 2SA1013/RO/-T TRANSISTOR Q981 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q982 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR Q983 2SA562TM/Y/-T TRANSISTOR Q984 2SC3928A/QR/-X TRANSISTOR
D101 1SS356-X SI DIODE D102 1SS356-X SI DIODE D301 MA111-X SI DIODE D341 MA111-X SI DIODE D342 MA111-X SI DIODE D343 MA111-X SI DIODE D345 MA111-X SI DIODE D423 1N4003SG-T2 SI DIODE D424 1SR35-400A-T2 SI DIODE D481 MA111-X SI DIODE D521 RH3G-F1 SI DIODE D522 RU4AM-LFM1 SI DIODE D523 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D524 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D530 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D551 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D552 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D554 MA8051/L/-X Z DIODE D571 MA8075/H/-X Z DIODE D581 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D601 MA111-X SI DIODE
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
D603 MA111-X SI DIODE D607 MA111-X SI DIODE D701 MA111-X SI DIODE D702 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D703 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D704 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D706 MA8036-X Z DIODE D707 MA111-X SI DIODE D708 MA111-X SI DIODE D709 MA111-X SI DIODE D710 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D711 MA111-X SI DIODE D712 MA111-X SI DIODE D713 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D714 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D715 MA111-X SI DIODE D716 MA111-X SI DIODE D717 MA111-X SI DIODE D751 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D753 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D810 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D811 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D812 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D813 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D814 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D815 MA8091/H/-X Z DIODE D901 GSIB460-S1 BRIDGE DIODE D921 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D922 MTZJ36A-T2 Z DIODE D923 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D924 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D925 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D926 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D927 MTZJ36A-T2 Z DIODE D929 MA8330/M/-X Z DIODE D930 MA111-X SI DIODE D931 MA8200/M/-X Z DIODE D932 MA111-X SI DIODE D933 MTZJ9.1B-T2 Z DIODE D951 RU4AM-LFM1 SI DIODE D952 FMX-G12S SI DIODE D953 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D954 FR105GT-T3 SI DIODE D955 FMX-G12S SI DIODE D957 MA8039/H/-X Z DIODE D958 1SR35-400A-T2 SI DIODE D962 MA8330/M/-X Z DIODE D970 MA8082/M/-X Z DIODE D971 MA111-X SI DIODE D972 MA111-X SI DIODE D973 MA111-X SI DIODE D975 MA111-X SI DIODE D976 MA111-X SI DIODE D977 1SR124-400A-T2 SI DIODE D981 UDZS2.0B-X Z DIODE D982 UDZS2.0B-X Z DIODE
PC901 PS2581AL1/QW/ PHOTO COUPLER
C001 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C002 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C003 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C004 QETN1AM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 10V M C005 NCB31HK-222X C CAPACITOR 2200pF 50V K C006 QETN1HM-336Z E CAPACITOR 33uF 50V M C007 NDC31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR 56pF 50V J C008 NDC31HJ-560X C CAPACITOR 56pF 50V J C101 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C102 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C103 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C104 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C105 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C106 NDC31HJ-180X C CAPACITOR 18pF 50V J C107 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C108 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C109 NCB31HK-472X C CAPACITOR 4700pF 50V K C110 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C111 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C302 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C303 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C304 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C305 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C306 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C307 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K
(No.YA447)3-15
Page 98
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
C308 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C309 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C310 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C311 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C312 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C313 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C314 NCB30JK-225X C CAPACITOR 2.2uF 6.3V K C315 NCB31HK-473X C CAPACITOR 0.047uF 50V K C316 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C318 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C341 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C422 QCS32HJ-560Z C CAPACITOR 56pF 500V J C423 NDC31HJ-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V J C424 QFLC2AJ-683Z M CAPACITOR 0.068uF 100V J C427 QETN1VM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 35V M C428 QETN1VM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 35V M C430 QFLC2AJ-563Z M CAPACITOR 0.056uF 100V J C431 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C435 NCF21HZ-334X C CAPACITOR 0.33uF 50V Z C436 NCF21HZ-334X C CAPACITOR 0.33uF 50V Z C471 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C481 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C482 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C483 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C484 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C485 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C487 QETN1VM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 35V M C488 NDC31HJ-561X C CAPACITOR 560pF 50V J C489 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C490 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C520 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J C521 QCB31HK-332Z C CAPACITOR 3300pF 50V K C522 QFLC1HJ-223Z M CAPACITOR 0.022uF 50V J C523 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M
C524 QFZ0196-252 MPP CAPACITOR 2500pF 1.5kV H C525 QFZ0196-123 MPP CAPACITOR 0.012uF 1.5kV H C526 QFZ0196-252 MPP CAPACITOR 2500pF 1.5kV H C527 QFZ0197-224 MPP CAPACITOR 0.22uF 250V J C528 QFP32JJ-223 PP CAPACITOR 0.022uF 630V J C529 QENC2AM-225Z BP E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 100V M C530 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C531 QEZ0195-475Z BP E CAPACITOR 4.7uF 50V M C532 QETN2EM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 250V M C551 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C552 QCB32HK-561Z C CAPACITOR 560pF 500V K C553 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C554 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C555 QFLC2AJ-103Z M CAPACITOR 0.01uF 100V J C571 QETM2CM-227 E CAPACITOR 220uF 160V M C572 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C573 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C581 QFVF1HJ-104Z MF CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V J C582 QFZ0197-204 MPP CAPACITOR 0.2uF 250V J C601 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C602 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C603 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C604 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C605 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C606 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C607 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C608 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C609 QETN1HM-336Z E CAPACITOR 33uF 50V M C610 QETN1HM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 50V M C613 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C615 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C616 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C656 QETN1HM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 50V M C661 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C662 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C701 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C702 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C703 QETN1AM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 10V M C704 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C705 NDC31HJ-7R0X C CAPACITOR 7pF 50V J C706 NDC31HJ-7R0X C CAPACITOR 7pF 50V J C707 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C708 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C709 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C710 NCB31HK-682X C CAPACITOR 6800pF 50V K C711 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C712 QFVF1HJ-224Z MF CAPACITOR 0.22uF 50V J C713 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C714 NCB31HK-223X C CAPACITOR 0.022uF 50V K C715 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C716 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C717 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C718 QFZ0229-154Z MF CAPACITOR 0.15uF 63V K
C719 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C720 NCB31HK-102X C CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V K C723 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C724 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C725 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C726 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C727 NCB31HK-332X C CAPACITOR 3300pF 50V K C728 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C729 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C730 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C731 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C732 QETN1HM-225Z E CAPACITOR 2.2uF 50V M C734 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C735 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C736 NCB31HK-103X C CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V K C737 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C738 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C739 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C740 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C741 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C742 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C743 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C744 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C745 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C746 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C748 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C749 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C750 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C751 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C752 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C753 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C754 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C755 QETN1CM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 16V M C756 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C757 NDC31HJ-561X C CAPACITOR 560pF 50V J C758 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C760 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C761 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C762 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C764 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C766 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C767 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C768 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C769 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C770 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C772 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C775 NCB31CK-224X C CAPACITOR 0.22uF 16V K C776 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C777 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C778 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C779 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C780 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C781 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C782 NCB31CK-105X C CAPACITOR 1uF 16V K C783 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C785 QETN1HM-105Z E CAPACITOR 1uF 50V M C790 NDC31HJ-270X C CAPACITOR 27pF 50V J C792 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C793 QETN1HM-475Z E CAPACITOR 4.7uF 50V M C802 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C803 QETN1HM-106Z E CAPACITOR 10uF 50V M C804 QETN1CM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 16V M C821 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C822 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C823 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C824 NCB21HK-152X C CAPACITOR 1500pF 50V K C827 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0 C828 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0 C829 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0 C830 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0
C901 QFZ9072-224 MM CAPACITOR 0.22uF AC250V K
C903 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z
C904 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z
C905 QCZ9015-102Z C CAPACITOR 1000pF AC250V Z C906 QEZ0476-337 E CAPACITOR 330uF 400V M C915 QCB32HK-392Z C CAPACITOR 3900pF 500V K C921 QCZ0364-102 C CAPACITOR 1000pF 2kV K C922 QFLC1HJ-103Z M CAPACITOR 0.01uF 50V J C923 QFLC1HJ-102Z M CAPACITOR 1000pF 50V J C924 QFLC1HJ-104Z M CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V J C925 QETN2AM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 100V M C926 QETN1HM-226Z E CAPACITOR 22uF 50V M C950 NCB31HK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 50V K C952 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C953 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C954 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K C955 QCB32HK-471Z C CAPACITOR 470pF 500V K
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
3-16(No.YA447)
Page 99
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
C956 QEZ0203-227 E CAPACITOR 220uF 160V M C957 QETN1AM-228Z E CAPACITOR 2200uF 10V M C958 QETN1EM-477Z E CAPACITOR 470uF 25V M C959 QETN1VM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 35V M C960 QETM1VM-228 E CAPACITOR 2200uF 35V M C962 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J C963 QCZ0121-102 C CAPACITOR 1000pF 3.15kV Z C967 QETN1AM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 10V M C971 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C972 NCB31CK-104X C CAPACITOR 0.1uF 16V K C973 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C975 QETN1EM-108Z E CAPACITOR 1000uF 25V M C977 QETN1VM-476Z E CAPACITOR 47uF 35V M C980 QETN1CM-107Z E CAPACITOR 100uF 16V M C982 QETN1AM-227Z E CAPACITOR 220uF 10V M
C991 QCZ9079-471 C CAPACITOR 470pF AC250V K
C992 QCZ9079-471 C CAPACITOR 470pF AC250V K
C993 QCZ9079-681 C CAPACITOR 680pF AC250V K
R001 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R002 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R003 NRSA63J-392X MG RESISTOR 3.9kΩ 1/16W J R004 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27kΩ 1/16W J R005 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R101 NRSA63J-100X MG RESISTOR 10Ω 1/16W J R102 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8k R103 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR 2.7k R104 NRSA63J-181X MG RESISTOR 180Ω 1/16W J R105 NRSA63J-220X MG RESISTOR 22Ω 1/16W J R106 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R107 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R108 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R109 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R110 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R307 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/16W J R308 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R309 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R310 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R311 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R312 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R313 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/16W J R314 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/16W J R315 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R316 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R317 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R318 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R319 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R320 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R321 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R341 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R344 NRSA63J-220X MG RESISTOR 22Ω 1/16W J R345 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R411 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R412 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R421 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R426 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12k R427 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8kΩ 1/16W J R430 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12k R432 QRX01GJ-2R2 MF RESISTOR 2.2 R433 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R434 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8kΩ 1/16W J R438 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR 1MΩ 1/16W J R440 QRG01GJ-331 OMF RESISTOR 330Ω 1W J R448 QRE121J-1R0Y C RESISTOR 1 R461 QRE121J-823Y C RESISTOR 82k R462 QRL039J-330 OMF RESISTOR 33 R471 NRSA63J-274X MG RESISTOR 270k R472 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R473 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68k R474 NRSA63J-224X MG RESISTOR 220k R481 NRSA63J-124X MG RESISTOR 120k R482 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R483 NRSA63J-682X MG RESISTOR 6.8k R484 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R485 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R486 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3k R487 NRSA63J-154X MG RESISTOR 150kΩ 1/16W J R488 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100k R490 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R491 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68k R492 NRSA63J-152X MG RESISTOR 1.5kΩ 1/16W J R493 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22k R494 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R496 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R497 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R498 NRSA63J-223X MG RESISTOR 22k R499 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47k
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/2W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1W J
3W J
R520 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R521 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R522 QRE121J-220Y C RESISTOR 22Ω 1/2W J R523 QRL029J-271 OMF RESISTOR 270Ω 2W J R524 QRL039J-221 OMF RESISTOR 220Ω 3W J R525 QRL039J-221 OMF RESISTOR 220Ω 3W J R527 QRL039J-393 OMF RESISTOR 39kΩ 3W J R528 QRE121J-471Y C RESISTOR 470Ω 1/2W J
R530 QRZ9017-4R7 FUSI RESISTOR 4.7Ω 1/4W J
R533 QRZ9017-4R7 FUSI RESISTOR 4.7Ω 1/4W J
R551 QRZ9021-1R0 FUSI RESISTOR 1Ω 1W J
R552 QRZ9021-1R0 FUSI RESISTOR 1Ω 1W J R554 NRSA63J-182X MG RESISTOR 1.8kΩ 1/16W J R571 QRZ0225-2R2 UNF RESISTOR 2.2Ω 7W K R572 QRA14CF-1202Y CMF RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/4W F R573 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R574 QRE121J-183Y C RESISTOR 18kΩ 1/2W J R575 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R581 QRE121J-822Y C RESISTOR 8.2kΩ 1/2W J R582 QRE121J-823Y C RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/2W J R583 QRE121J-184Y C RESISTOR 180kΩ 1/2W J R601 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R602 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R603 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R604 NRSA02J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/10W J R606 QRE121J-2R2Y C RESISTOR 2.2 R607 QRE121J-2R2Y C RESISTOR 2.2 R609 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27kΩ 1/16W J R610 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R611 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R612 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R614 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R618 NRSA02J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/10W J R620 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R621 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R622 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R623 NRSA63J-333X MG RESISTOR 33kΩ 1/16W J R624 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R626 NRSA02J-271X MG RESISTOR 270Ω 1/10W J R628 NRSA02J-271X MG RESISTOR 270Ω 1/10W J R629 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R630 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R632 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R701 NRSA63J-123X MG RESISTOR 12kΩ 1/16W J R702 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470Ω 1/16W J R703 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R704 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R705 NRSA63J-393X MG RESISTOR 39kΩ 1/16W J R706 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R707 NRSA63J-563X MG RESISTOR 56kΩ 1/16W J R708 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R709 NRSA63J-105X MG RESISTOR 1MΩ 1/16W J R711 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R712 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R713 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R714 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R715 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390Ω 1/16W J R716 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R717 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R718 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/16W J R719 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R720 QRE141J-0R0Y C RESISTOR 0Ω 1/4W J R721 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R722 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470 R723 NRSA63J-471X MG RESISTOR 470 R724 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R725 NRSA63J-470X MG RESISTOR 47 R726 NRSA63J-273X MG RESISTOR 27k R727 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R728 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 R729 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7k R730 QRE141J-151Y C RESISTOR 150Ω 1/4W J R731 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R732 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1k R733 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R734 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R735 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R736 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100 R737 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R738 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100 R739 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R740 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15k R741 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R742 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R743 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R744 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R745 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3k
1/2W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/4W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/4W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
(No.YA447)3-17
Page 100
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
Ref No. Part No. Part Name Description Local
R746 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R747 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R748 NRSA63J-272X MG RESISTOR 2.7kΩ 1/16W J R749 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/4W J R750 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R751 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R752 QRE141J-101Y C RESISTOR 100Ω 1/4W J R753 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R754 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R755 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R756 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R757 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R758 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R759 NRSA63J-332X MG RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/16W J R760 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R761 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R762 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R763 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R764 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R765 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220Ω 1/16W J R768 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R769 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R770 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R771 QRE141J-102Y C RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/4W J R772 QRE141J-562Y C RESISTOR 5.6kΩ 1/4W J R773 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10k R774 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k R775 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R776 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15kΩ 1/16W J R777 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R779 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R780 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R781 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R782 NRSA63J-122X MG RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/16W J R783 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R784 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R785 NRSA63J-103X MG RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/16W J R786 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R787 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R788 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R790 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R792 QRE141J-330Y C RESISTOR 33Ω 1/4W J R793 NRSA63J-101X MG RESISTOR 100Ω 1/16W J R794 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2kΩ 1/16W J R795 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R796 NRSA63J-102X MG RESISTOR 1kΩ 1/16W J R797 NRSA63J-683X MG RESISTOR 68kΩ 1/16W J R798 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R801 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R802 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R803 NRSA63J-0R0X MG RESISTOR 0Ω 1/16W J R804 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R805 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R806 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R807 QRE121J-101Y C RESISTOR 100Ω 1/2W J R809 NRSA63J-221X MG RESISTOR 220 R810 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390Ω 1/16W J R811 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82k R812 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390 R813 NRSA63J-823X MG RESISTOR 82kΩ 1/16W J R814 NRSA63J-104X MG RESISTOR 100kΩ 1/16W J R815 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R816 NRSA63J-750X MG RESISTOR 75Ω 1/16W J R902 QRL029J-683 OMF RESISTOR 68k R921 QRL029J-473 OMF RESISTOR 47k R922 QRE141J-391Y C RESISTOR 390 R923 QRE141J-273Y C RESISTOR 27k R924 QRA14CF-3902Y CMF RESISTOR 39k R926 QRE121J-220Y C RESISTOR 22 R927 NRSA63J-222X MG RESISTOR 2.2k R928 QRE121J-103Y C RESISTOR 10k R929 QRE141J-220Y C RESISTOR 22Ω 1/4W J R951 QRE121J-222Y C RESISTOR 2.2k R952 QRE121J-153Y C RESISTOR 15k R953 QRE121J-103Y C RESISTOR 10kΩ 1/2W J R957 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15k R958 NRSA63J-183X MG RESISTOR 18kΩ 1/16W J R959 NRSA63J-153X MG RESISTOR 15k R960 QRE121J-223Y C RESISTOR 22kΩ 1/2W J R962 QRL029J-223 OMF RESISTOR 22k R963 QRE121J-332Y C RESISTOR 3.3kΩ 1/2W J R965 QRX029J-1R0 MF RESISTOR 1 R970 QRE121J-182Y C RESISTOR 1.8k R971 QRL029J-150 OMF RESISTOR 15Ω 2W J R975 QRE141J-122Y C RESISTOR 1.2kΩ 1/4W J R976 NRSA63J-391X MG RESISTOR 390 R980 NRSA63J-562X MG RESISTOR 5.6k
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
2W J
2W J
1/4W J
1/4W J
1/4W F
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/2W J
1/2W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
2W J
2W J
1/2W J
1/16W J
1/16W J
R981 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R982 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R983 QRE121J-3R9Y C RESISTOR 3.9Ω 1/2W J R984 NRSA63J-473X MG RESISTOR 47kΩ 1/16W J R985 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J R986 NRSA63J-472X MG RESISTOR 4.7kΩ 1/16W J
R991 QRZ9046-825Z C RESISTOR 8.2MΩ 1/2W K
L001 QQL244K-8R2Z PEAKING COIL 8.2uH K L002 QQL244J-4R7Z PEAKING COIL 4.7uH J L003 QQL244J-4R7Z PEAKING COIL 4.7uH J L101 QQL244K-1R0Z PEAKING COIL 1uH K L301 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L302 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L303 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L304 QQL244J-221Z PEAKING COIL 220uH J L305 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L306 QQL244K-100Z PEAKING COIL 10uH K L401 QQL244K-820Z PEAKING COIL 82uH K L521 QQLZ036-821 COIL 820uH K L522 QQR1243-001 LINEARITY COIL L530 QQL244K-220Z PEAKING COIL 22uH K L701 QQL231J-5R6Y P COIL 5.6uH J L702 QQL231J-5R6Y P COIL 5.6uH J L703 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L706 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L716 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L718 NQL812K-100X P COIL 10uH K L951 QQLZ026-480 COIL 48uH ±7%
T521 QQR1229-001 DRIVE TRANSF
T921 QQS0386-001 SW TRANSF
CP650 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP951 QMFZ034-4R0Z-J1 FUSE 4A 125V
CP952 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP953 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP954 ICP-N38-T IC PROTECTOR 1.5A
CP955 ICP-N75-T IC PROTECTOR 2.7A J801 QNZ0454-002 PIN JACK VIDEO1/S-VIDEO IN J802 QNN0349-002 PIN JACK VIDEO2/COMP IN J803 QNN0348-001 PIN JACK VIDEO2/COMP IN J804 QNN0349-001 PIN JACK VIDEO OUT K107 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K601 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K702 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K703 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K921 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K951 QQR1114-001Z FERRITE BEADS K952 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K953 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K954 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS K955 QQR1113-001Z FERRITE BEADS LC801 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER LC802 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER LC803 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER LC804 QQR1199-002 EMI FILTER
LF902 QQR1356-001 LINE FILTER R901 QRF154K-2R2 UNF WW RESISTOR 2.2 SF101 QAX0663-001 SAW FILTER SF102 QAX0731-001 SAW FILTER TU001 QAU0383-002 TUNER X301 QAX0775-001Z CRYSTAL 20.250000MHz X701 QAX0799-001Z CRYSTAL 2457600MHz
15W K
CRT SOCKET P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-3037A-H2)
REFER TO PARTS LIST IN PAGE 3-8 FOR THIS P.W. BOARD.
FRONT CONTROL P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-8019A-H2)
REFER TO PARTS LIST IN PAGE 3-9 FOR THIS P.W. BOARD.
BASS P.W. BOARD ASS'Y (SCW-6003A-H2)
REFER TO PARTS LIST IN PAGE 3-9 FOR THIS P.W. BOARD.
3-18(No.YA447)
Loading...